

<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="es">
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=AriGPT</id>
		<title>Wikiexplora - Contribuciones del usuario [es]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=AriGPT"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/Especial:Contribuciones/AriGPT"/>
		<updated>2026-10-06T19:50:39Z</updated>
		<subtitle>Contribuciones del usuario</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.26.1</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=125511</id>
		<title>GPT40 (Glaciar Viedma)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=125511"/>
				<updated>2025-12-29T23:02:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AriGPT: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''[[GPTs|List of all GPT sections]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How to a add new entry =&lt;br /&gt;
You need to be logged in to save your edits (and on mobile view, you need to be logged in to start editing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- IF YOU COPY FROM THIS EDITING VIEW, YOU NEED TO USE THIS TEMPLATE (* TRANSFORMS INTO BULLET, ''' MAKE IT BOLD):&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Packrafting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias'''&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;* '''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Packrafting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Include remarks about your route useful for other hikers and packrafters, alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties. Try to be specific. Do not be shy to fix obvious mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; '''December 22 to 24, 2025/ 3 days/ Hiking/ Anti-clockwise'''&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I did the hike anti-clockwise by following the traditional campsites on the first two nights: Camp Toro [16.6] and Paso Del Viento (Shelter): [27.9]. On the third day, I finished the trek. The first campsite is in the forest and has very nice wind barriers, so not much to worry about in terms of weather. The second camp is much more exposed as well as having much stronger winds. I was told that the weather matters for &amp;quot;days 2 and 3,&amp;quot; which is really anything inbetween Camp Toro and Paso Huemel because inbetween those two points you are on a different side of the mountain. So, check either on Wind Guru or with the ranger station about the weather for the days you expect to be there. However, even the weather reports can be quite misleading. I received a report of gusts up to 100 km/h on Paso Huemel, and while they were quite strong, they were probably closer to 75 km/h at their maximum. However, it could easily go the other way with winds being stronger than the prediction. Unfortunately, while both camping areas themselves are beautiful, humans have made them very dirty by not digging holes when going to the bathroom and simply going on the surface as well as many tissues and wipes visible when walking around. Therefore, I see the appeal in going to one of the campsites the rangers do not suggest (e.g. Tunel, although the wind is much more of a factor there). The hike is very beautiful, and you see incredible views of the Viedma Glacier and other smaller glaciers, making it very rewarding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the Tyrolean traverses, the first one [18.2+0.3, 664], I did with the harness because others around me were also doing so, but it seemed quicker to simply ford. The second zip line, I didn't want to waste the time fishing out my harness, so I simply forded. I'm ~185 cm and the water was very cold and came up to my middle to upper thigh. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, while the rangers will question your motives for not doing their plan of 4 days, trek is very doable in 3 days--I even saw people doing it in 2 days by only camping at Paso Viento Shelter. You should definetly check the weather before leaving because the wind really is strong and can push you around at Paso Viento and Paso Huemel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;'''December 9 to 11, 2025/ 3 days/ Hiking/ Clockwise/ RR/ Greg Carter'''&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A challenging hike with truly spectacular views of Viedma Glacier in the middle section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attraction: 5/5&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulty: 4/5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Direction&lt;br /&gt;
Initially my preferred direction was anti-clockwise (the direction recommended by the parks service), but I arrived too late at the access control point (they open at 7am). When asked to pay 90,000 ARS for a 3 day pass I politely declined and started walking clockwise (no control point in that direction). At the end I walked past the same control point at 3pm (it was open) and was not questioned. In the end I preferred going clockwise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively tedious walk in along the main road, then a dirt road, then along a fence line, but eventually you are rewarded with better views, especially once you can see the mouth of Viedma Glacier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I forded where indicated, downstream of the zipline at Ford {40}(44.2/253). Be very careful: I’m 182cm and the water came up almost to my hips - I couldn’t see the bottom and it was fairly fast flowing. I had a few nervous moments and was relieved to get across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I found a nice sheltered camp at -49.48236, -72.95872, at Camp Bahia de Hornos, at the eastern end of the Bahia (Bay) de los Témpanos. There are plenty of other good camp spots in this location. Anecdotally I heard that the official camps (eg Camp Bahia de los Témpanos) suffer from human excrement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2&lt;br /&gt;
I started the day following the easy coastal ridge line around the Bahia de los Témpanos, to Camp Bahia de los Témpanos, at the western end of the bay. From the ridge line you have wonderful views of the mouth of Viedma Glacier and icebergs in the bay. If you hike the RR you will be in the valley behind the coastal ridge with no views. I suggest that this ridge line become an optional route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial section of the hike up to Paso Huemel is steep and scrambly in places, with some fixed ropes for assistance. Everyone I spoke to disliked descending because of steep loose dirt and rock. I’m glad I ascended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Paso de Huemel was super windy, but with sublime views of Viedma Glacier. The views leading up to and from the Paso del Viento are divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of stopping at Camp Paso del Viento, I hiked all the way to Camp Rio Tunel (hard long day), to avoid forecast gusting winds of up to 120km/h on Paso del Viento the next day. As it was the wind was gusting well over 60km/h on the Paso del Viento, which made hiking difficult (a few times I had to brace and not move until the gust subsided). There was also a strong headwind leading up to the Paso del Viento.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camp Rio Tunel consists of 3-4 small and large rock shelters, which provide protection from direct wind, but are still exposed to strong turbulence. I had an uncomfortable night during which I discovered that I need more long tent pegs!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Day 3&lt;br /&gt;
The cross-country hike along  the moraine of the Rio Túnel Inferior Glacier was slow and challenging, with various potential paths and cairns to follow. It only got easy once I  found a way to ascend the hill to the south of Rio Túnel Inferior Glacier. From there it’s straightforward to get to the zip line or to the Ford (40) [18.2+0.3, 664]. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Again, be very careful fording: it had been raining all night, and the water came up to my crotch - I couldn’t see the bottom and it was fairly fast flowing, but not as fast as the ford on day 1. Again I was relieved to get across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hike is straightforward after the ford, and somewhat monotonous in places. There is an emergency shelter at Camp Toro.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall&lt;br /&gt;
I recommend carrying gear to use the ziplines if you are not confident fording, and especially if it has been raining. I was happy going clockwise, to avoid the control point, and the steep descent. For me the main factor against going clockwise is the strong headwind leading up to the Paso del Viento, but this is not decisive if the wind is not too strong. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;'''2025-11-18 to 2025-11-19 / 1.5 days / hiking / SOBO (counter clockwise) / RR / Ohad &amp;amp; Bailey'''&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another Beautiful section. Very attractive, not very challenging except for the decent from Huemul Pass&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fees:&lt;br /&gt;
none, we passed the checkpoint before 7am therefor we did not pay the 45000$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camps:&lt;br /&gt;
Camp {40} [41.3+0.2/286] - very protected with many shielded spots. Beautiful cove with icebergs floating in the lake. Stream runs through, would filter as there are cows present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fords:&lt;br /&gt;
We decieded against renting gear, we forded on the waypoints where the river forks, they were at most thigh high (im 185cm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trail Conditions/Challenges:&lt;br /&gt;
On the way to Paso del Viento the trail was wet and frozen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CC part before the pass could be dangerous if a person walks above you and toppels rocks. No big deal just spread out if moving as a party.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We encountered wide snow patches coming up to Paso del Viento, if passing early in the morning may require microspikes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wind can be relentles, the forcast showed winds up to 120kmph at Paso del Viento, we waited before the climb for the wind to die down. Crossed in ~60kmph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail on the western side is very wet. The Refuge, Camp {40} [27.9/925], is completley flodded.&lt;br /&gt;
The descent from Huemul Pass is not pleasant to say the least. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attractivness: 5/5&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulty: 4/5 (only for Huemul)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''2025-MAR-23 to 2025-MAR-25 / 2 days / Hiking / Clockwise / RR / Ivan, Jakub, Daniel'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A beautiful, challenging, and heavily trafficked section that follows the famous Huemul Circuit. The breathtaking views of Glaciar Viedma are deeply imprinted in our minds. We chose to go clockwise, which is the opposite direction of most hikers and against the official recommendation of the national park authorities. However, we found several advantages to this approach:&lt;br /&gt;
	1.	Gradual ascent for most of the route, and where the trail is very steep, you go uphill instead of downhill.&lt;br /&gt;
	2.	The approach to Huemul Pass {40} [38.5/1028] (Huemul) is simply breathtaking from this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
	3.	You don’t pass the entrance gate at the park information center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If hiking clockwise, the main challenge is hiking against the wind between 24.0 - 38.5 km. Another major difficulty is river crossings. There are two challenging crossings:&lt;br /&gt;
	•	[18.9/676] (Tyrolean Traverse)&lt;br /&gt;
	•	[54.0/285] (Tyrolean Traverse)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both crossings have ziplines, which allow you to cross with dry feet if you bring or rent the necessary climbing harness. Since we didn’t rent any special gear, we had to ford the rivers.&lt;br /&gt;
	•	[54.0/285] can be safely forded at Ford {40} [54.1+0.4/259], but we missed this option and ended up wading directly below the zipline—it was quite wild (waist-deep, I’m 178 cm tall). We highly recommend taking the small detour to the marked ford in the track files, where the river splits, making the crossing much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
	•	[18.9/676] has a gorge below the zipline, but the river can be easily forded (knee-deep) above it or even more safely below it at Ford {40} [18.2+0.3/664].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fees:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since we hiked clockwise, we did not pass the park entrance gate. On our last day, we walked past the ticket checkpoint/gate at 7 p.m., but there was no one there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bivouacking:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camping is only allowed at the officially designated campsites:&lt;br /&gt;
	1.	[16.6/745] (Camp Toro)&lt;br /&gt;
	2.	[21.2/860] (Rio Tunel)&lt;br /&gt;
	3.	[27.9/925] (Paso del Viento, Attention: Mice!)&lt;br /&gt;
	4.	[41.3+0.2/286] (Camp Bahía de los Témpanos)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Water:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not an issue—streams and rivers are encountered frequently along the route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resupply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Chaltén is a super tourist trap—very expensive, with limited selection, but resupply is possible. We bought food for 2.5 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We used a combination of:&lt;br /&gt;
	•	Lo des Lourdes Supermarket (-49.3254052, -72.8916425)&lt;br /&gt;
	•	Supermercado Chaltén (-49.3307613, -72.8857952) → in our opinion, the best stocked option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas cartriges are sold in almost every outdoor shop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2025-Feb-25 to 2025-Feb-27/ 3/ Hiking/ Counterclockwise/ Timothée and Maëlle '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started at the begininng of a great weather window, therfore the trail was really crowdy, especially during the first half day.&lt;br /&gt;
We slept at campo lago Toro superior (5 stars, with great view on Cerro Grande a bit wind sheltered) and and at Bahia de los Tempanos ( probably a few mice).&lt;br /&gt;
Overalle a great hike with amazing and changing view. It definitly worths it despite the crowd. Better to do it counterclockwise ( Last day easier but more borring). Even though a lot of people hike this trail, there are a few technical parts ( walking on the glacier or scree before camp 81, steep ascent and descente of Passo del Viento, very steep descente of Passo Huemul)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented harnesses for the zipline but it does not worth it (15 000$ a day) : long waiting at zipline and it is fordable by foot if you are experienced: first river under the knee, second river slightly above the knee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since automn 2024, the entrance in the park is charged 45000$ a day ( free if you pass before 7am) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' 2025-MAR-13 &amp;gt; 15 / 2,5 jours / Randonnée / SOBO / RR &amp;gt; Laguna de los Esquies &amp;gt; RR &amp;gt; sentier balisé &amp;gt; RR &amp;gt; sentier balisé / Pierre-Marie ​​'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etape : GPT40&lt;br /&gt;
| Meteo : soleil&lt;br /&gt;
| Eau : facile&lt;br /&gt;
| Neige : non&lt;br /&gt;
| Intérêt : 5/5&lt;br /&gt;
| Difficulté : 4/5&lt;br /&gt;
| Danger : péages, descente dangereuse&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Je suis passé au péage au point (-49.3387142, -72.885454) à 8h. Il y avait donc du monde et j'ai dû payer 45 000 ARS. Evidemment il n'y a eu aucun contrôle lors de la randonnée. J'ai été stupide. Le sentier est populaire mais ce n'est vraiment pas l'autoroute. J'ai dû croiser 20 personnes en tout de El Chaltén au paso del viento, alors que j'en avais croisé des centaines sur le sentier du lago de los Tres. L'eau est facile à trouver, les fords simple et les zones humide facile à franchir sans  mouiller ses chaussures. J'ai campé à la Laguna de los Esquies (-49.3824358, -73.1505322) pour éviter le camp officiel avec ses touristes et ses rongeurs. La nuit a été calme et pratiquement sans vent, sauf 30 secondes à 2h du matin où une rafale venue de nulle part a failli casser ma tente. Le refuge du km 27,9 n'a aucun endroit prevu pour dormir. Et il n'y a pas de toilettes ce qui pose problème sur le sentier : il y a parfois du papier et quand il n'y a pas de vent ça sent mauvais dans les zones boisées. Vers le km 40 la descente est extremement dangereuse. Je pense qu'il faudrait mettre un point alerte sur la trace GPS. J'étais seul alors j'ai pris mon temps, mais s'il y a beaucoup de monde qui monte et qui descend c'est vraiment dangereux. Pas de ford au km 44,2, il n'y avait même pas d'eau. J'ai suivi le sentier principal et non le RR du point (-49.4677546, -72.9293579) au point (-49.4330632, -72.8879393). Je pense que ça devrait être le RR d'ailleurs et l'autre piste en CC une option. Idem après le parking km 56,5, un très bon sentier de trail va à El Chaltén. Le ford au km 54 sous la tyrolienne se fait bien, il faut bien choisir son passage. Dans mon cas je suis remonté 30m en amont et suis descendu en diagonale vers l'autre rive au pied de la tyrolienne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''25Fev2025 - 27fev2025   /   hiking counter clockwise  /   RR   /   3 days   /  Lilian and Clara'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of the trail very busy in early morning. So much people going on this good weather window. &lt;br /&gt;
No park ranger along the trail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We didn't rent harnesses and were happy with that choice. &lt;br /&gt;
First ford was up to knee easy (close to the waypoint Ford).&lt;br /&gt;
Second ford was harder : up to crotch for me (1.57m) and fast flowing but manageable. We forded it a bit upper to the zipline. There were easier options downstream where the river separate in branches but there are probably fences to go through to get there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camp at 21.2 : busy...Mices. &lt;br /&gt;
Camp 40 bahia de los tempranos is really beautiful but also crowded and mices.  Other solutions to camp a bit upper than the beach.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just before the paso huemul  we went to Mirador del condor here -49,49625, -73,01589. Trail visible on Gaia GPS, more CC, crazy wind but nice view on the glaciar !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2025-Feb-25 to 2025-Feb-27 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO (Anti-Clockwise) / RR / Sean &amp;amp; Neele'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pretty straight forward tourist route so not much to add. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We bumped into Clara again after meeting on section 12!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ticket booth at -49.20305, -72.53093 (around 1.1km) was closed at 7am apparently it opens at 8. We used the tryolean at 18.9km but it wasn't necessary, easy to ford slightly upstream (after 2 days of rain). Camped at 21.2km not much wind protection and lots of people. Camp 41.3+0.2 good wind protection but there's mice and lots of toilet paper. We used tyrolean 54km although the river was probably crossable at the same point after 2 dry days, if not the river braids downstream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That's the end of the GPT for us, thanks to everyone who's been updating the wiki and happy hiking!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''2025-Feb-06 to 2025-Feb-09 / 3.5 days Hiking / counterclockwise/ RR / MiaimZelt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: I had planned to go without a Harness to cross Rio Tunel on foot. But the day before i met a german, who told he talked to someone who hiked the Huemul and according to that Crossing Nr. 1 wasn't doable without harness. Two other people told, the rangers said Nr. 1 goes up to the hips and is too difficult. I couldn't get first hand informations and the Infocenter was already closed. Spontaneously i rented a harness (10k/day is the normal price) and started at 11am. The weather forcast was mixed: two days of sun and two days of rain/snow. That's why i chosed to do it in 4 instead of 3 days. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first day was very easy, i only struggled with the heavy backpack (+1kg harness). Camped roughly 1.5km before Camping Toro, because i'm afraid of mice. It was easy to find a sheltered spot in the forest on that very windy day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Soon i reached Laguna Túnel o Toro and the first Zipline. I was upset with myself because i fell for the fearmongering! 100m upstream the river looked easily fordable - i guess max. knee deep. Where it reaches the lake it even looked easier with low current. Up to the hips - what a lie! Don't understand why people were not able to ford the river. Either they don't know how to cross a river or they meant another one... The crossing with the zipline wasn't easy because i had to pull myself slightly uphill. Struggled to unhook myself and my backpack and fortunately got help from two brits. I think when you're alone and don't have strong arms, it's easier to cross the river on foot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I chosed to walk above the glacier not on it. The ranger said it's possible, but it didn't look save with the crevasses. The ascent was strenous, but easy. The views of the southern patagonian icefield was incredible! No wind at Paso del Viento. The descent was also easy, there it started snowing. Reached Camp Paso del Viento at 1:30pm and pitched my tent. Snowed even more, the world around me went white. It didn't stop until 11pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: 15cm of snow, but the sky was blue. Was relieved when i found out the trail is still visible. Even  had footprints in front of me. Enjoyed hiking in the snow and got amazing views. Way up to Paso Huemul was a bit steep, but overall easy. The descent was indeed very difficult. The upper part was ok: steep through forest with solid soil, the middle part had some helpful ropes installed, the worst part came below: extremely steep with loose soil and nothing to hold on. No ropes here. The rest was easy. Passed Bahia Tempános and Bahia Hornos. Stayed on this OSM Camp: -49.475284, -72.943223. Perfect protection from West (very windy afternoon), flat space for at least 4 tents, a primitive bench and a nice view at the lake. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Nice and easy trails the whole day. Followed the official Trek. Fortunately it didn't rain. Small 1p campsite with good protection here: -49.431947, -72.887512. 2nd Zipline also was not really easy, needed to pull myself after the first half and struggled to open one carabiner. I think the ziplining is better done in a group. The river didn't look fordable near the zipline, but where it branches in 3 parts it looked good to ford. You can see this area from the trail above. So i think it's not necessary to bring a harness. Reached El Chaltén at 2pm.&lt;br /&gt;
In my opinion there are cases where it's good to have it: when you want to keep your feet dry; when you like the idea of ziplining; maybe in early season when it rained a lot and for people who have no experience with rivercrossings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''24-12-2024 to 26-12-2024/ 3 days / RR counterclockwise / wiiim'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camped by Laguna Torre &amp;amp; carried on with GPT40 early morning. It’s an undeniably beautiful loop but I couldn’t help feel a little old &amp;amp; grumpy at times between the trail poop, Bluetooth speakers and groups heading straight up a clearly open crevassed glacier (without gear). I passed both river crossings on foot, the first one upstream from the cable where it splits in two, about knee height. The second crossing has more water but arguably you have a lot more options to choose from, I crossed about 100m downstream where it’s at its widest before branching out into channels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''13-11-2024 to 16-11-2024/ 3.5 days / NOBO / RR / Sophie and Gaspar'''l&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We continued our adventure with the Cerro Huemul or Viedma Glacier Circuit, hiking clockwise (the usual route is counterclockwise). The trail is well-marked throughout, presenting no navigation difficulties. There are two crossings of the Río Túnel, which can be done via zipline if you have a harness. We chose to ford the river on foot both times. However, at its farthest point, crossing at the same spot as the zipline can be risky. During the snowmelt season, it may be impossible to cross without equipment for the zipline, so renting the necessary gear is highly recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another minor challenge is the ascent or descent (depending on your direction) of Cerro Huemul. It can be quite slippery in wet conditions, but fixed ropes are installed to ensure safety. You can camp comfortably near the Paso del Viento shelter, but watch out for mice! Paso del Viento itself does not present major technical difficulties, aside from the strong winds, as the name suggests. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The circuit offers spectacular views of the Viedma Glacier, the Southern Patagonian Ice Field, and the upper and lower Túnel Glaciers—truly unforgettable scenery!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-28 to 2024-Mar-2 / 4 days / Hiking / Counter Clockwise / RR / Andrew'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful trail. Not too much to add from what others have mentioned, the route is well marked. Views of the southern patagonia icefield are absolutely stunning. We decided to push a bit further and camp at Bahia Hornos, but I would have stayed at Bahia de Los tempanos if I did it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-24 to 2024-Feb-26 / 2.5d / Hiking / Counter Clock / RR and new terrain / Tom'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect conditions! No clouds, no wind&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: &lt;br /&gt;
Crossed rio tunnel almost dry behind the laguna (trail on OSM). Hiked on Glaciar Tunel inferior. It's not that safe as others stated. Following others footstep an think it's safe says a lot of your alpine experience. Walk on the glaciar only if you know what you are doing (I'm a mountain guide and knew enough strong hikers that ended as dead bodies).&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware of the land slide between the glaciar inferior and the biwak. I told the park auhtorities to close that trail and use the GPT version. It's a matter of time and the trail slides away!&lt;br /&gt;
No wind on paso viento and a stunning view to the icefield. Not a cloud on a azur sky. I pitched my tent at the small laguna behind laguna Ferrari but before laguna los Esquies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Installed a rope on the Huemul downhill and stayed at Bahia  Hornos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: I started before sunrise and was by intention first at the tyrolienne. Bully on the other side, so I just hooked my steel carabiner and pulled myself along the cable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I liked the hike, but hated the littering, I mean &amp;quot;shittering&amp;quot; around the official camps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Apr-08 to 2024-Apr-10 / 3 days / Hiking / counterclockwise / RR / Joscha'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: RR [0.0-21.2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good trail. Only the last 2 km was hiking on loose scree and took some time. Camp Rio Tunnel at km 21.2 has only spots for about three tents. The wind protection isn't as good as at camp Toro (16.6). The river at km 18.9 was a easy ford (knee high) about 50-100 meter up stream of the zip-line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: RR [21.2-45.1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paso de viento (km 24.0) was very icy on top and on the way down. I managed without spikes, but they would have been helpfull. The pass at km 38.5 was snow free. The trail down after the pass is very steep. Would be very hard if snowy or muddy. Camped at -49.475284, -72.943223.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: RR [45.1-64.9]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The RR branches off the official Huemul Track at km 46.7. The RR runs a little higher and therefore offers maybe a bit better views. But the official Huemul Track would be the faster option. Rio Tunel was easily fordable (knee high) just under the zipline at km 54.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Mar-24 to 2024-Mar-26 / 3 days / Hiking / anticlockwise / RR / Juliet and Martin'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 el chalten - Rio Tunel camp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The park rangers were closed for strike action. We weren't able to register online either (bad internet connection). We left around 9am. Several people and a group on the first part, but we lost them on our way around the glacier. Magnificent walk between forests, viewpoints and lakes. We arrived for lunch at laguna o toro. Possible bivouac spot with emergency shelter if needed. It's a beautiful spot, but we didn't feel like pitching our tent there. So we decided to head for the Rio Tunel campside. Passing the zipline, in fact the river is probably passable on foot a little above. We recommend that you look at tutorials on how to use the equipment, which we hadn't done, and the rental company gave us bad advice. Fortunately, there was an experienced hiker who helped us. &lt;br /&gt;
The passage along and on the glacier is complicated. We lost the trail and took a long time to make headway. There are lots of slippery spots (ice), so you have to be careful. Once we'd found our way back, we were able to reach the camp. It's well sheltered from the weather with a few spots (in fact only 3). The place is very windy, so I'd recommend getting there early if it's busy to get a sheltered spot. Magnificent view of the glacier. &lt;br /&gt;
There are mice, and we saw several in the evening, but we weren't bothered during the night. Difficult to find a place to hang the food so we kept it with us in the tent enclosed and in the middle of the two of us and not at the ends. That's how it was. &lt;br /&gt;
Several water spots along the way all day (several rivers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 Rio Tunel camp - Bahia de los tempanosb camp (-49,47994,-7298601)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Passage of the paso del viento, which was indeed very windy, but passable. The path is still passable as used. Easy to follow. Magnificent panoramic view of the glacier at the top. You can see that some people have already pitched their tents at the pass, but I wouldn't recommend it because of the strong wind.  Beautiful descent to the refuge. Very good, in good condition. Lots of possibilities for pitching tents around the stone walls. Very nice place to sleep. We continued on. Passage over Col Huelmul easier than the previous one. Very windy too, but the wind was in our favor and helped us make our way up. The descent is very complicated indeed, and quite dangerous. Take your time, especially if it's been raining. It takes time. Fortunately, there are ropes to hold on to. We reach the camp just before dark. It's very crowded, but we find a place to pitch our tent. The view of the lake, icebergs and glacier is magnificent. However, we were bothered by mice all night. We had hung our food from the trees, but despite this, they came up to the tent (between the 2 canvas sheets) time and time again. AVOID! It's crowded, there's garbage, mice, a rotting cow carcass...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 Camp Bahia de los tempanos (-49,47994,-7298601) - el chalten &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last day of hiking. Very beautiful in the hills, views over the lake. We loved it. Cross country in the hills, very nice to do even if we had to pass a few muddy spots and lost the trail a few times. Once back on the official trail, no more worries. The zipline was easier than on the first day. We didn't have to wait very long, surely 2 people ahead of us. End of the day with an easy trail to el chalten. The last few kilometers are on the road, not very pleasant and uninteresting, but it's not very long. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section is definitely beautiful and diverse. Mice are a real problem on this section. They seem to be present at all the bivouac spots. They're not shy and don't hesitate to come along even if you scare them. If we had to do it all over again, we'd use rat repellents, because hanging up the food doesn't seem to be enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''24-Mar-05 to 2024-Mar-07 / 48 hours / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Tomáš'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I did not like El Chaltén and the weather seemed better than later in the week so I immediatelly followed to GPT40. Starting at 17:00, I stopped 3 km from the first official camping Torro, which is normally 16 km far, in three hours of walking. I registered online and did not talk to any parkguards - not sure if they would not try to turn me back this late if they saw me. Fearing mice and being asocial, I did not want to reach the camp. The trail is very clear and easy. At least in this section, there are many places to camp - many trees provide shelter from wind. It was not that windy anyway, just on the final descent to the valley. Met lots of people coming back from Pliegue Tumbado mirador and nobody after the junction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next morning surprised me (the only reliable forecast seems to be for heavy rain or cloudless day, anything in between seems to be a hit or miss) by blue sky, so I got awesome views going up the pass. There was a queue at the zipline so I forded 50 m upstream - it was barely below my knees. Met ten people altogether that day. Walked on glacier, as the official PDF recomends. It is not slippery with the rocks. It is fun, there are footsteps to follow going on and off the glacier. I assume it is safe. There is also a trail going in parallel on the rocks (all circuit is trail BTW, not partly CC like GPX suggests). Indeed only between the glaciers there is a few tentspots as indicated by OSM (unofficial? - but nobody probably cares). By the time I got to the first pass, clouds obscured Fitz Roy and the mountains across the icefield, which was still breathtaking. The pass had both quite windy spots and windless spots and some flats, so in good weather might be ok for camping, but hard to say. Traversing to the second pass, you actually mostly go through a valley partly (?) formed by ancient morraines, so most of the time, the icefield is hidden. I think there are places for pitching a tent, though not really between water at 35 and the second pass - anyway, the place around refugio is the most shletered. There used to be a campsite right after the second pass, but the PDF says you should not use it. Going further down is indeed very steep. There are now handy ropes attached to trees at places. The trail is badly eroded and slippery, would be indeed annoying when muddy. Darkness fell on me there and I still did not bother with a headlamp, but this is indeed the most demanding part of the whole trail. It is demanding also for GPT standards (the rest of the circuit is easy). Once you get down, it is flat and you can camp in many places, which I did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day there were about 15 people, three of which went clockwise, so it is done even if the Park does not like it (it normally seem to have no presence on the trail itself). This time I waited the queue for the zipline to actually try using it. I think the river was fordable there. It was definitely fordable 200-300 metres downstream (there is a diversion), where it widens and branches in the delta. The rest of the trail was uneventful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is indeed a nice end to the GPT. I did not expect to finish the Main route (minus 23-31) this year, so yay! The El Viento shop (49.3229571S, 72.8940188W) is on the other side of the town (2 km) to the Park office and charged me for three days even though I finished the circuit in 48 hours - it was 5-6 USD per day. In retrospect, I would not bother with the harness. I met a guy who went without because he could not rent one - I was given the last one they had available and it was too big for me by far. Should the second river prove unfordable, people would probably borrow you theirs, it seems one set is usually carried per group and passed over using the thin rope - at least on the second crossing, the thin rope is there permanently so I am not sure what would the thin rope be for anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I still hated El Chalten (too many tourists, really bad 4g internet [apparently everybody in town shares one connection, unless I was wrongly informed] - if you stay overnight, usually in such situations it starts working well some time after midnight when everybody sleeps -, really pricy produce and very mediocre meal in one of the restaurants; Villa O'Higgins has a much nicer feel), so I hopped on a bus (3h) to El Calafate at 18h for about 22 USD. It goes also in the morning and around noon. There is also a 130 USD 28h (I think) bus to Bariloche at 14:00 and at 21:00. From El Calafate, there are connections to Ushuaia (this one not sure), Puerto Natales and Punta Arenas (at 3 AM and change in the middle about 40 USD, a bit cheaper if you have cash) and Buenos Aires. I don't have my ticket back yet and flying directly from El Calafate would be very expensive, prices from Punta Arenas were the cheapest. Bye!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-16 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Charlie Gardner'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What an outstanding hike. This is definitely such an incredible way to either begin/end the main route of the GPT. We did it in the classic 4 days which was fairly chill. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 - &lt;br /&gt;
Pretty straightforward day. Hike starts with a nice climb that takes you eventually into the surrounding forests. Great views of Lago Viedma from the top and a nice lunch spot. We started very late in the day and the sun was BEATING, could recommend and earlier start to avoid this. Don’t forget to check in with rangers before leaving! Quick form you have to fill out. Hang your food at Toro campsite, we saw a few mice running around. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 - &lt;br /&gt;
Winds were crazy in the valley when we woke up. Many hikers were considering bailing on the hike due to worries of what Paso del viento would hold but the they calmed down around 930-10 and most pushed on. There’s an alternative route across the rivers that funnel into Laguna Tunel o Toro that we thought we’d check out as a few kairns led that way but they were far too strong to cross when we went that way. Ended up having a route find a bit and scramble up an alternative route after this lake, definitely recommend staying as close to route as possible here. Trail opens up again after you make it over. Tyrolean was short, didn’t look like anyone tried to ford the river here but it was definitely doable. Get to tyrolean early if you want to avoid waiting. The glacier route required a bit of route finding as well at points but isn’t anything crazy. Boulders and rocks can be loose at times though. Maybe we got lucky but paso del viento was quiet when we got to the top. Outstanding views! Short walk to camp after the descent from Viento. 8 of us slept in the shelter at paso del viento Camp as winds picked up considerably overnight. Was definitely glad for the protection but there were definitely mice scurrying around. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 - &lt;br /&gt;
Definitely recommend an earlyish start this day. The climb up to paso Huemul is not as hard as paso del viento but the decent afterwards is just ridiculous. If you have bad knees, it’s more of a controlled fall on some sections. Gravel is extremely loose and it is VERY steep. Thankfully, there are a fair amount of the roots and trees to grab hold up but this was definitely an annoying decent especially at the end of the Day 3. Many tried Bahia de Los témpanos camp but we decided to push on to Bahia de Hornos. An hour later, everyone else showed up at this camp as they said the other one did not have sufficient shelter from wind and was fairly dusty. Hornos ended up being lovely after winds calmed down and sound got lower. Would probably filter water here if possible, lots of cows nearby and water is fairly foggy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4 - &lt;br /&gt;
Final day was straightforward but definitely longer than expected. Would definitely recommend leaving early to be first at the tyrolean again. Be careful with the safety rope, ours broke halfway while pulling bags across and we had to send a person across without the pulley. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enjoy, this hike rocks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb- 05 to 2024-Feb-08/ 4 days/hiking/SOBO/40/RR/Paulina'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolutely beautiful section! Very various&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 I left very late ( 4 pm) because the wind was extremely strong earlier, but it is an easy day, about 9 I was at the camping Lago Toro. The way was most of the time well marked, after the rain the meadows can be very wet I think. Once you are in the valley of Lago Toro, there are some easy river crossing. The campground is well protected from the wind, the water is nearby. To grab a better spot for tent, don't come too late, when I was there, the camping was almost full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 For me it was the most beautiful day, in a good weather , the views on the glaciers are amasing. So yes, it's really worth to wait fot a good weather for this day ( and the next one too). This day you will need also to consult sometimes the trails on GPS. At the end of the lake, there are some cairns, don't follow them, just follow the trail on gps which goes up. A lot of people missed up there and instead to follow na easy and safe trail, they climbed unecessary some rocks. The tiroliene didn't seems.difficult, The only think is that when we were there, the thin rope was not attached to the tyroliene and it was not easy to pull the tiroliene at the beginning. So, take a thin rope to attach the tirolien because the one which was there was all missed up. It's ok if you have one hardness for a group, it's easy to send it back. As all the people from the camping left around the same hour, to avaoil the linę to the tiroliene, we just crossed the river a bit farther, the level was not too high. Later, a nice path will take you to the glacier and you will not see anymore the trail ( only cairns sometimes). If you follow GPS trail, it should be ok. At the glacier, just walk on the eadge of the glacier at first, and later on rocks which are close from the glacier. There is also an upper trail, some people followed this one but were complaining that it was hard ( a lot of ...stones.). One you are at the end of the glacier, go up, there are several trails, but all of them are ok. The views from the pass area are just amasing, so yes, wsit for the good weather because it would be a pity not to see all these glaciers. The trail to the rodugio is easy to follow, mostly descent. At the camping there are about 5 spots with stonewall protection. It's a windy area, so it's better to grab a good spot. Also, there is place for about 8 person in the rodugio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 Another beautiful day. Well marked all the time, most of the time easy way. The ascent to the pass is short and rather pleasent. Very, very windy at the end of the ascend ( even if it was not a windy day), so I can't imagine how windy it is with a worse weather. About ,30 min from the pass, a steep ascend starts. When it's wet, can be difficult. So also, better to have good, dry day for this descent. I would recommand to camp at Bahia Tempanos, well wind protected and beautiful views on icebergs, and a Perfect spot for sunrise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4 Rather easy day. The landscape changes a lot comparing to previous days, but it's still very beautiful, especially views on Lago de Vuelta. The tiroliene is very easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Jan-15 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR  / Tom Pieper'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much to add. As the others mentioned a must do! When I started, there were indeed not that many people as weather forecast was not that good for the 'classic' 4 day itinerary. I was fine doing it in 3 days. The bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior only has space for 3 tents. You find additional protected spots 5 minutes beyond at the lake. If you fear glacial lake outburst flood (GLOF) there are also some elevated spots there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Jan-06 to 2024-Jan-08 / 2.5 days / Hiking / anticlockwise / RR / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started around noon on day 1 and hiked to the bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior at km (km 21.2). We walked acrosse the glacier to avoid the moraine, no crampons needed. The bivouack was extremely windy at night but still a bit protected, lots of big rocks to help with staking the tent down. There are also a few rock walls built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 2 we hiked over Paso Viento (which was very windy indeed; we also had rain, hail and snow) and down the other side. Once we got lower down we got out of the cloud and the weather was very pleasant. We didn't have much of the view over the glacier to the North but saw the end that descended towards Lago Viedma. The Paso Huemul was also extremely windy but at least it was sunny. The descent through the forest after the pass is really steep, with loose gravel/sand and lots of tree roots - be extremely careful here! The official campsites at the bay and peninsula were full so we continued until km45.2 where there is a nice windprotected campsite shown on OSM. Ford at 44.2 is completely dried out, but at 45.5 the stream is flowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 3 we hiked back into El Chalten by lunch, it was a very windy day. When we reached the tyrolean at km54 (which is waymarked as a bridge for some reason?)  there were about 15 people in the line so we decided to ford the river about 30m upstream. We went 3 people in a line formation, the first person had water up to the waist, the last just below hips. At km62, where you need to climb below a fence just before joining the road, pay attention to the small holes in the sandy banks: those are armadillo burrows, you might see one if lucky!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''From 2023-12-26 to 2023-12-28 //3 days // Hiking // NOBO // Anticlockwise // Quentin Clavel'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if there's lot of people (around 15/20 departure per days at this time of the season), this section is in my opinion absolutely amazing ! The view on the icefield is outstanding ! I mostly followed the track, except on day two, where I continue to explore the surrounding of the Laguna de Los Esquies. Happy to be totally alone there, in front of this outstanding view. Hypnotic ! (It's almost the same that you can see at paso del viento, but closer to the icefield, and more chance to be by yourself here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to rent harnais in El Chaltén and pass threw two zip lines. That was very fun !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had a looooot of wind at paso del viento and paso del huemul. Reminds me tierra del fuego ! Could be very surprising as it's unpredictable squalls and so powerful ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The downhill after paso del huemul Is not funny as it's very slippery. Just have to take the time to be even more careful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Views along the whole trek are absolutely stunning ! A must do ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-11-21 to 2023-11-26 / 5 days / RR / SOBO / anticlockwise / Anh'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT40 is no longer remote, there are 20 hikers on the trail every day.&lt;br /&gt;
The trail is not marked, but not difficult to follow. No real river crossing necessary, there was always aid available. Snowfields are easy to cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: a little muddy, but easy to walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Tyrolean Traverse is no fun as you have to pull yourself uphill. Alternative is an easy river crossing (knee deep, 10:00 AM good weather). 1km after that you can walk between RR or on the glacier (see presentation link at the end of this page). On the glacier trail you come back directly on the mountain of the same height. After the Paso del Viento (700m uphill in 6km, windy &amp;amp; cold) I leave GPT40 and walk to Campamento Laguna de Los Esquies to get a bit closer to the glacier. The path is difficult to find as there are many snowfields (without footprints) in between. But I am alone at the glacier lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: Mostly with CC back to GPT40 to Paso del Viento Camp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Shortly after windy Passo Huemul is time consuming downhill (500Hm in 1km). The trail is very slippery (in sunny weather) &amp;amp; there is hardly any grip for the next step, take time for this part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: very easy trail &amp;amp; Tyrolean Traverse is really fun (downhill zipline). Alternative river crossing is not easy (strong, 12:00 AM good weather).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-12-01 to 2023-12-04 / 4 days / Hiking / RR counterclockwise/ Fangwen &amp;amp; Tobi'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section. We did the recommended 4 day itinerary (together with about 20 other hikers). A few points to add to the existing comments here: first, there was a lot of really wet grasslands, especially on day 1 (at least when we did it, early December). Accept your fate and live with wet feet (and bring extra socks if you can). Second, the four day itinerary makes use of the best-sheltered campsites. Other campsites may offer less protection. Note that even if the Park Rangers say conditions are good, you might encounter very strong winds in many areas. Third, if you want to extend the (somewhat short) days a bit, you can hike to the viewpoint Loma del Pliegue on day 1, on the ridge just above the campsite on day 2 (nice to watch the sunset), and to the aptly named mirador del cóndor next to Huemul pass on day 3. On day 3, it's best not to arrive too late to the very scenic Bahia de los Témpanos camp, since space is limited. Lastly, the descent from the huemul pass on day 3 is indeed a bit tricky, especially if you were to go in wet conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One warning regarding water at the campsites: despite the park information claiming that the water is potable, we would recommend taking some care to get clean drinking water. On day 1, there is an excellent little stream 400m past the campsite. On day 2, take water from a little side stream ~600m before the campsite. The lack of the toilet means that the water from the river flowing into the lake is likely not safe to consume. Similarly on day 3, it is highly recommended to fill up plenty of water at the little waterfall at the end of the steep downhill section before going into camp. The lack of a toilet means that the water there is also unsafe to drink. Furthermore, next to the campsite is a carcass of a recently deceased cow. If the first three days gave you the impression that there is plenty of clean drinking water available during the day, be aware that this is not true of day 4. There is only one good looking stream, roughly at km52, and all the water will require treatment (we saw another three cow carcasses nearby the trail on day 4). Don't worry too much about this, if you plan ahead and think a bit about where to get the water, then it's no issue at all. Enjoy this excellent adventure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Apr-08 to 2023-Apr-11 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a wonderful section ! One of our favorite ! Incredible views on the glaciers, with autumn's colors it was amazing !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended by the guardaparques to have good weather on day 2 and 3 (for the passes), no cloud and no wind for us : perfect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented 1 harness for the 2 zip lines (day 2 and 4). 1 harness per group is sufficient but you have to rent a thin rope too in case the one in the pulley is broken. It is really worth it because the feeling is so good ! (We rented at Viento Oeste, north of San Martin street, the cheapest according to a friend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thin rope is very helpful to suspend all your bags and things in camps. You have to do it because mice are at every camp and the will destroy your bag, your tent or whatever has food inside. This is the only annoying point of this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the trail : easy to follow, except when you have to walk on the glacier on day 2, it can be a bit challenging. Take care, do not go if there is fresh snow all over the glacier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way down the paso Huemul on day 3 is very steep too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Mar-30 to 2023-Apr-01 / 3 days / El Chaltén counter clockwise / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did the Huemul Circuit in 3 days. We started around 9 a.m. planning to camp at the Biwak Túnel the first night. The weather turned out to be so nice that we decided to continue and do the Paso del Viento the first day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail until the first Tyrolean traverse was really good even though it was partially covered in snow. We crossed the river easily by foot.&lt;br /&gt;
After that the trail up to the pass gets more demanding and slower. Once you reach the Glaciar Túnel Inferior navigation gets more difficult. There are different paths and we firstly followed one going up and down on the gravel. It's probably easier to take the path on the glacier from the beginning on. We reached the pass at sunset and had an absolutely amazing view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We decided to camp at the end of Laguna Ferrari (to avoid the mice problem at the main campsites). The path to the lake was demanding, because the slope was covered with lot of snow and it was dark. At the campsite there are lots of well protected spots for tents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we slept pretty long to recover from the previous big day and with better weather than anticipated we walked until km 39.3.&lt;br /&gt;
There are two really good camping spots, one at the edge of the trees and one inside the small forest. No mice there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steep trail down wasn't super easy and must be hard during rain. The second river crossing at km 54 was much more demanding. We crossed it further east of the Tyrolean, where the river divides in multiple branches. There the water went below Annas hips (1,63m). We walked to the viewpoint at km 62.4. Lots of people watched the sunset there with a great view of Fitz Roy and it was easy to get a ride for the last 2 km to El Chaltén.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Mar-10 to 2023-Mar-13 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / El Chaltén anticlockwise / Ondrej '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had the luxury of being able to wait for a good weather window and it really payed out. My hike was easy with magnificent views when climbing up to Paso del Viento. I even had a tranquil lunch at the top. The glacier walk and the snowy peaks are stunning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, I believe gpt40 can turn into hell in windy weather or if camping outside the wind-sheltered camps. I met several people in El Chaltén who had to turn back because the wind didn’t let them climb up to the pass. One couple also had their tent teared apart in the middle of the night at Bahía de Hornos. If you can, avoid camping there for the last night. Instead, camp at Bahía de Tempános which offers far better wind protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed the recommended 4 day length. Each day section took me around 5-6 hours of walking. I believe that especially Day 1 and 2 could be  combined into one (El Chaltén - Refugio del Viento) if the weather is favourable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mice seem to be present at all of the official camps - best is to hang your food, cooking utensils and hygienne stuff on a tree away from your tent and avoid eating in your tent. I did that and had no problems with the animals, while some of my companions got holes bitten into their tents and other stuff. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I rented harness and carabiniers for the tyrollean traverse at Viento Oeste. The traverse was fun to use and I was happy that I didn’t need to ford the cold rivers. Recommended!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Mar-06 to 2023-Mar-07 / 2 days / Laguna Toro out and back / Will'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a tough one, I didn't make it. I waited out a few rainy days in town until the park office told me we had a good two day window. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I spent the first night at Laguna Toro. Be careful of mice there. Quite a bit of rain and snow, but still too warm for the snow to stay on the ground. The next day we (25 or so tourists) set out to attempt the pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I crossed the river on foot right by the zip line, the water was below my knees at noon. Painfully cold though. I climbed up until I got a view of the first glacier at which point the wind was too strong for me to trust my footing. I went back to the first camp planning to wait and try again the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just after setting up the wind tore down a big green tree branch, which crushed and ripped my tent. Thankfully I wasn't inside. Walked back to El Chaltén in defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess that's the end of my GPT hike. It's been amazing, other than the miserable weather down here in the south!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Feb-21 to 2023-Feb-24 / 4 days / GPT40 RR counter clockwise / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Centro de Visitantes - Laguna Toro - Paso del Viento - Paso Huemul - Bahía de los Témpanos - Centro de Visitantes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked the Huemul Circuit in 4 days as recommended by the Park officials. You could do it in less, but it is so beautiful and it was nice not to rush and to take it all in. The park staff also informed us of the expected weather conditions. You only really need favourable weather on the 2d and 3d day, going over the two passes. It was extremely windy when we went, knocking me off my feet at times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed having my microspikes for the crossing of Glaciar Túnel, allowing me to explore a bit further up on the ice, but they are not necessary. From the top of Paso Del Viento, the view of the Southern Patagonian Icefield is awe-inspiring, but there are no good sheltered spots at or near the top to pause and admire the view for very long before the descent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Paso del Viento Camp (second night) is the most exposed of the camps, the tent sites are semi-protected by low rock walls, and some are better than others. The trail is easy to follow and is well-marked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented harnesses and cord for the Tyrolean traverses from the gear shop Viento Oeste, at 1,400 pesos per person per day. The cord was 250 extra pesos per day. It was fairly straightforward to figure out how the cable crossings worked. The first crossing of Río Túnel on day 2 seemed fordable, but not the second one on day 4. That Tyrolean traverse also did not have a rope to pull the pulley back, so we were glad to have one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the link to register for the trek online: docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Unknown / Helen and Craig'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big forest fire around the 3rd bay near iceberg bay. Circuit was closed for a bit. Unsure on how well it's recovering. Have a chat with the rangers before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Jan-08 / Alexis, Iris'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same as below, follow the trail when it differs from the trace. &lt;br /&gt;
Beware that on Day 2, the Paso del Viento can be very windy and you should check the weather forecast before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Jan-04 to 2023-Jan-07 / 4 days / Helen and Craig (plus 8 trail friends!) Gabby, James, Hannah, Jess, Julia, Jacob, Caro and Ali.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trail was very easy to find.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wind guru was for us completely unreliable. Very strong winds to the point of blowing us off path for minutes at a time whilst predictions were minimal forecast. Heed advice from rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First river crossing was impassable. Worth bringing harnesses for zipline (worth it for the fun)&lt;br /&gt;
The far far end of el chalten there's a shop called vende oste where we found good rates of hiring harnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it's windy on the 3rd day pitch up in the iceberg bay bivi site rather than the second site. We stopped earlier than the rest of the gang due to being a bit tired. We had very peaceful night in strong winds where friends at the next site a hellish night. Iceberg bay was also my number one campsite of all GPT40-30! Watching icebergs flip to the sunset after a long dusty day of slipping sliding and being gusted off the path by winds on the mornings pass. This place is a true refuge for the soul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ferry not running so not many options to hitchhike back to chalten for last part of last day. The liberal use of gaiters on trainers also recommend. Lots of spiky grass seeds and burrs on last days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very much worth the wait for a weather window. Incredibly diverse veiws. The glacier walk was a one of kind! Veiws of the ice field kinder the feeling of being about a small at a ant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-15 / 3 days / RR anticlockwise / Frank'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch video of the hike @ national park office. Bring a harness &amp;amp; learn how to do a Tyrolean traverse before you go (the NP video is useful for this)  Where the trail differs from the track file it's easier to follow the trail which is generally good &amp;amp; clear. You are required to register online for the trek (link given by Veronica &amp;amp; Zach) &amp;amp; sign out at the national park office when you are finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river above Laguna Toro was waist deep &amp;amp; v fast, it nearly knocked me over. Not recommended to cross in the afternoon. In the early morning it may be only knee deep. Bring the harness anyway &amp;amp; learn how to use it, you may need it. On the glacier stay near the edge, people tend to go too far out. At the far side you should see footprints &amp;amp; cairns leading to the moraine. Camped @ small high camp just after exiting the moraine (Vivac Tunel) There are a few stone corrals there. Lined the tent with rocks - pegs alone will pop. Good &amp;amp; sheltered camping @ Laguna Toro &amp;amp; after Paso del Viento @ Refuge but I went from Vivac Tunel over Pasos Viento &amp;amp; Huemul in 1 long day.  Only a little snow @ Paso del Viento &amp;amp; easy to cross. Very windy on Paso Huemul in the afternoon.  Steep &amp;amp; loose descent, slow going but I saw 2 huemul. Amazing views of the Icecap between the two passes. Campsite @ Iceberg Bay one of the best on GPT. You can watch the bergs that calve off the icefield breaking up. At lower Rio Tunel we forded 300M downstream from the cable where the river is braided into channels. OK to cross @ noon, knee deep &amp;amp; fast but you need to pick a good spot. Definitely not fordable @ the cable where it runs deep in a single channel. Challenging hike but incredible views of the Icecap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Feb-02 / 2 days / Tom and Maddie'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 days anticlockwise. Trail is easy to follow. Talk to the rangers and they can let you know about any issues. Would be tough in bad weather but in clear weather there are no issues. For the glacier walk we were told to enter the glacier just after the beginning and to exit just after the end. I suspect due to the increased popularity a new route has been made in sections so follow the trail markers which divert from the GPX route. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hired harnesses in El Chalten for the river crossings. We crossed the first on foot in the morning and had no issues. The second one we crossed using the equipment for the novelty but the river looked fine to cross further down. However I can see the river being hard to cross in high levels of rain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was a very beautiful section and very different to the northern sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Jan-12 / 4 days / Oreste Marquis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did the trek counterclockwise wich is the only way to do it rangers say. You need to register to do this trek and guardaparques vive great advises. I crossed the rivers by foot and they were pretty hard, I recommand using the zipline. Awesome views with good weather, but the wind is really annoying! The campgrounds rangers told me to camp weren’t the ones on the trackfiles, but are pretty close to them so they are not hard to find. Great experience !!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the wind forecast! The hills are so steep, strong wind could be dangerous! There’s no snow anymore and you will not need crampons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec / 3 days / Matthieu '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did it in December with good weather, in 3 days ( instead of the 4 recommended, 2 first days in one big day). Awesome trekk and views. It is better to register first at the guardaparques office. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trekk easy to follow excepted on the walk on the glaciar before the paso del viento (a little one, not the Viedma). During this walk, I would not advise to try to walk by the wall of mud and rocks at the left of the glaciar, it is a steepy way and everything slips, we tried it and went on the ice after. The little walk on the ice just near didn´t feel unsafe to me, with the little rocks it doesn't really slip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good camping sites, well protected from the weather conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last downhill after the paso de Huemul is the most dangerous part, very steepy but with trees to hang for help. I would advise to do this part with good weather conditions, with mud it could be dangerous. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the rivercrossings (2 real ones) there is one way walking and one way with tyrolean on a zip Line. We did it with with the tyrolean, and it was extremly funny. Rental of material possible in El chalten. Of course you have to know how to insure yourself good, so inform yourself before going, it is not hard to understand though, but extremely dangerous if not done well. None of us had experience with it before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-18 / Arnaud et Adriane'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After we have taken the information at the national parc office, we only had 2 days of correct weather. So we decided not to walk the entire section but to go only to the paso del viento to get the view on the campo de hielo (glaciar viedma), following the advises of the guardaparques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it is the highlight of the section but not sure since I have never walked it entirely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first day we also took the time to walk to the summit of the cerro loma del pliegue tumbado (1500m of height). It offers an amazing view on the fitz roy and on the cerro torre, the 2 rockstars of El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the second day we went to el Paso del Viento. The view there on the campo de hielo is absolutely fascinating. The hike is very tough but is absolutely worth the effort.  You walk on a glaciar during 2kms but no equipment or particular skill is needed. It was very very very windy (and happily it was a quiet day I do not imagine on other day).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 : El Chalten-cerro loma del pliegue tumbado-laguna torro : 27km with big elevation gain (around 1700m)&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 : laguna toro - paso del viento - laguna toro : 18km.&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 : back to El Chalten : 17km.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I definitely recomand to follow the guardaparques advises and pay a huge attention to the weather. On this section with a bad weather and a strong wind I think it is dangerous to try to walk it entirely. And if it is cloudy, you will miss amazing views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The riverford after the laguna toro was easy on the way to the paso del viento (on the morning) but very dangerous on the way back (on the afternoon with all the gletchers melting I think). The worst we've done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
If you intend to get back after the paso del viento I advise to get equipment to be able to use the zip line that has been settled by the guardaparques. It us much more secured than crossing the river on the afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Nov-6 / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe /7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equipment for Zip Line to cross rivers is not required anymore since this season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the season the rivers are possible to cross on foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paso Viedma had a decent amount of snow on it (Snow Line at 1000m), the ascent is straightforward but the descent on the side facing the ice field can be really iced over and difficult without crampons (ask at Visitor Center of the NP for current conditions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Nov-4 / 4 days / regular hiking route / counter-clockwise / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful hike in good weather! Great views of the ice sheet and mountains from Paso Del Viento. Highly recommend waiting for clear weather so you don't miss the scenery! We went up right after a big storm. The trail was a bit muddy up to the Laguna Torro, and the lee of the pass had a decent amount of snow. The windward side was pretty icy and more difficult than the snow. The next day we took a detour and cut cross country to walk on the Campo De Hielo Sur. Our route took a bit of steep scrambling to get down to it and back up around Paso De Huemul, and there were lots of open crevasses on the ice, so it would be good to have some experience and navigation skills if you want to do the same. Dropping down Paso Huemul on the trail was steep and a knee killer, and from Lago Viedma we had a hard time staying on the right trail amidst all the cow path, but aside from a few spiky bushes it's easy to cut cross country. Unnecessary to use the zip lines this year to cross the rivers. You have to camp only in the designated campsites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: GPT40 is more popularly known as the Huemul Circuit, a 57-kilometer trek in El Parque Nacional Los Glaciares. Before embarking, the national park guard requires that every hiker obtain a permit, bring required safety gear, and watch a slideshow about the circuit. The safety gear consists of a harness, 2 carabiners (one steel and one aluminum), slings, and 35 m of rope. Most of this gear can be rented at any outfitter in town, but due to liability reasons, the outfitters won’t rent rope. We went to the local ferretería to purchase this. All of this gear is used for two river crossings on zip lines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We were told that the rangers required hikers to bring their safety gear to the station before a permit would be issued. I would recommend that anyone who wants to do this circuit go to the rangers station the day before to watch the video and get any other necessary information about weather, conditions, etc. Since rentals can get expensive, renting the same day you leave and then going to the rangers station to show them your safety gear and get a permit seems to be the best course of action. The guard station is located on the south side of the Río Fitz Roy just across the bridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most people hike the circuit clockwise (as the slideshow recommends). The trail begins just behind the rangers station and ascends up gentle grassy hills. It is fairly flat and well maintained. After passing Laguna Túnel o Tore, the trail deviates from the GPS route and loops to the first crossing of the Río Túnel on a zip line. During low water, it is possible to cross this river on foot by following the GPS track. After crossing the river, the trail climbs steeply to just above Glaciar Río Túnel Inferior. Along the south side of the glacier, the trail becomes hard to follow as it disappears in loose moraine. Walking on the edge of the glacier may be easier than trying to pick your way across the steep slope but be careful doing this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the glacier, follow maintained switchbacks up the side of the mountain towards Paso del Viento, the high point of the circuit. For the next 20 km, expect amazing views of Glacier Viedma. I cannot speak to the quality of the trail descending from the pass because of the blanketing snowpack that was present during our trek, but the sections where the snow did melt looked maintained. There is a small refugio, Refugio Paso del Viento located at a pond about 3.5 km from Paso Viento. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the refugio, the trail contours and then climbs to Paso Huemul. Make sure to look back and enjoy the last view of Glacier Viedma. The descent is very steep and at one point there is even a rope to downclimb. There are also plenty of woody bushes (manzanita?) to cling to as you lower yourself down the trail. After completing the descent, the trail is straightforward and easygoing. There is camping on the beach at the peninsula, Camping Bahía de Hornos. There is one more river crossing with a zip line at the lower Río Túnel, and from there it is easy walking to the end!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
2023: There is a bus every evening at 8PM from El Chalten to Los Antiguos, arriving at about 7AM. The bus continues to Esquel, El Bolson &amp;amp; Bariloche. From Los Antiguos you can go by local taxi or hitch to the border &amp;amp; Chile Chico (there is no longer a bus across the border) There is also a bus once a day from Los Antiguos to El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
It’s possible to hike alone, you just have to make registration online before and after:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Registration|https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT40 - Glaciar Viedma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
InReach from ranger: pls ask the ranger the current phone number and email for inReach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You don’t have to watch video in ranger station anymore, they have new presentation:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Presentation |https://drive.google.com/file/u/0/d/1U_Wp46EDCLM_yFlSgXdfyxZYnMFHTLlN/view?pli=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AriGPT</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=125510</id>
		<title>GPT40 (Glaciar Viedma)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=125510"/>
				<updated>2025-12-29T23:00:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AriGPT: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''[[GPTs|List of all GPT sections]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How to a add new entry =&lt;br /&gt;
You need to be logged in to save your edits (and on mobile view, you need to be logged in to start editing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- IF YOU COPY FROM THIS EDITING VIEW, YOU NEED TO USE THIS TEMPLATE (* TRANSFORMS INTO BULLET, ''' MAKE IT BOLD):&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Packrafting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias'''&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;* '''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Packrafting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Include remarks about your route useful for other hikers and packrafters, alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties. Try to be specific. Do not be shy to fix obvious mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; '''December 22 to 24, 2025/ 3 days/ Hiking/ Anti-clockwise'''&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I did the hike anti-clockwise by following the traditional campsites on the first two nights: Camp Toro [16.6] and Paso Del Viento (Shelter): [27.9]. On the third day, I finished the trek. The first campsite is in the forest and has very nice wind barriers, so not much to worry about in terms of weather. The second camp is much more exposed as well as having much stronger winds. I was told that the weather matters for &amp;quot;days 2 and 3,&amp;quot; which is really anything inbetween Camp Toro and Paso Huemel because inbetween those two points you are on a different side of the mountain. So, check either on Wind Guru or with the ranger station about the weather for the days you expect to be there. However, even the weather reports can be quite misleading. I received a report of gusts up to 100 km/h on Paso Huemel, and while they were quite strong, definetely not that strong. However, it could easily go the other way. Unfortunately, while both camping areas themselves are beautiful, humans have made them very dirty by not digging holes when going to the bathroom and simply going on the surface as well as many tissues and wipes visible when walking around. Therefore, I see the appeal in going to one of the campsites the rangers do not suggest (e.g. Tunel, although the wind is much more of a factor there). The hike is very beautiful, and you see incredible views of the Viedma Glacier and other smaller glaciers, making it very rewarding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the Tyrolean traverses, the first one [18.2+0.3, 664], I did with the harness because others around me were also doing so, but it seemed quicker to simply ford. The second zip line, I didn't want to waste the time fishing out my harness, so I simply forded. I'm ~185 cm and the water was very cold and came up to my middle to upper thigh. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, while the rangers will question your motives for not doing their plan of 4 days, trek is very doable in 3 days--I even saw people doing it in 2 days by only camping at Paso Viento Shelter. You should definetly check the weather before leaving because the wind really is strong and can push you around at Paso Viento and Paso Huemel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;'''December 9 to 11, 2025/ 3 days/ Hiking/ Clockwise/ RR/ Greg Carter'''&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A challenging hike with truly spectacular views of Viedma Glacier in the middle section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attraction: 5/5&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulty: 4/5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Direction&lt;br /&gt;
Initially my preferred direction was anti-clockwise (the direction recommended by the parks service), but I arrived too late at the access control point (they open at 7am). When asked to pay 90,000 ARS for a 3 day pass I politely declined and started walking clockwise (no control point in that direction). At the end I walked past the same control point at 3pm (it was open) and was not questioned. In the end I preferred going clockwise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively tedious walk in along the main road, then a dirt road, then along a fence line, but eventually you are rewarded with better views, especially once you can see the mouth of Viedma Glacier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I forded where indicated, downstream of the zipline at Ford {40}(44.2/253). Be very careful: I’m 182cm and the water came up almost to my hips - I couldn’t see the bottom and it was fairly fast flowing. I had a few nervous moments and was relieved to get across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I found a nice sheltered camp at -49.48236, -72.95872, at Camp Bahia de Hornos, at the eastern end of the Bahia (Bay) de los Témpanos. There are plenty of other good camp spots in this location. Anecdotally I heard that the official camps (eg Camp Bahia de los Témpanos) suffer from human excrement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2&lt;br /&gt;
I started the day following the easy coastal ridge line around the Bahia de los Témpanos, to Camp Bahia de los Témpanos, at the western end of the bay. From the ridge line you have wonderful views of the mouth of Viedma Glacier and icebergs in the bay. If you hike the RR you will be in the valley behind the coastal ridge with no views. I suggest that this ridge line become an optional route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial section of the hike up to Paso Huemel is steep and scrambly in places, with some fixed ropes for assistance. Everyone I spoke to disliked descending because of steep loose dirt and rock. I’m glad I ascended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Paso de Huemel was super windy, but with sublime views of Viedma Glacier. The views leading up to and from the Paso del Viento are divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of stopping at Camp Paso del Viento, I hiked all the way to Camp Rio Tunel (hard long day), to avoid forecast gusting winds of up to 120km/h on Paso del Viento the next day. As it was the wind was gusting well over 60km/h on the Paso del Viento, which made hiking difficult (a few times I had to brace and not move until the gust subsided). There was also a strong headwind leading up to the Paso del Viento.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camp Rio Tunel consists of 3-4 small and large rock shelters, which provide protection from direct wind, but are still exposed to strong turbulence. I had an uncomfortable night during which I discovered that I need more long tent pegs!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Day 3&lt;br /&gt;
The cross-country hike along  the moraine of the Rio Túnel Inferior Glacier was slow and challenging, with various potential paths and cairns to follow. It only got easy once I  found a way to ascend the hill to the south of Rio Túnel Inferior Glacier. From there it’s straightforward to get to the zip line or to the Ford (40) [18.2+0.3, 664]. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Again, be very careful fording: it had been raining all night, and the water came up to my crotch - I couldn’t see the bottom and it was fairly fast flowing, but not as fast as the ford on day 1. Again I was relieved to get across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hike is straightforward after the ford, and somewhat monotonous in places. There is an emergency shelter at Camp Toro.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall&lt;br /&gt;
I recommend carrying gear to use the ziplines if you are not confident fording, and especially if it has been raining. I was happy going clockwise, to avoid the control point, and the steep descent. For me the main factor against going clockwise is the strong headwind leading up to the Paso del Viento, but this is not decisive if the wind is not too strong. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;'''2025-11-18 to 2025-11-19 / 1.5 days / hiking / SOBO (counter clockwise) / RR / Ohad &amp;amp; Bailey'''&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another Beautiful section. Very attractive, not very challenging except for the decent from Huemul Pass&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fees:&lt;br /&gt;
none, we passed the checkpoint before 7am therefor we did not pay the 45000$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camps:&lt;br /&gt;
Camp {40} [41.3+0.2/286] - very protected with many shielded spots. Beautiful cove with icebergs floating in the lake. Stream runs through, would filter as there are cows present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fords:&lt;br /&gt;
We decieded against renting gear, we forded on the waypoints where the river forks, they were at most thigh high (im 185cm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trail Conditions/Challenges:&lt;br /&gt;
On the way to Paso del Viento the trail was wet and frozen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CC part before the pass could be dangerous if a person walks above you and toppels rocks. No big deal just spread out if moving as a party.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We encountered wide snow patches coming up to Paso del Viento, if passing early in the morning may require microspikes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wind can be relentles, the forcast showed winds up to 120kmph at Paso del Viento, we waited before the climb for the wind to die down. Crossed in ~60kmph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail on the western side is very wet. The Refuge, Camp {40} [27.9/925], is completley flodded.&lt;br /&gt;
The descent from Huemul Pass is not pleasant to say the least. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attractivness: 5/5&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulty: 4/5 (only for Huemul)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''2025-MAR-23 to 2025-MAR-25 / 2 days / Hiking / Clockwise / RR / Ivan, Jakub, Daniel'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A beautiful, challenging, and heavily trafficked section that follows the famous Huemul Circuit. The breathtaking views of Glaciar Viedma are deeply imprinted in our minds. We chose to go clockwise, which is the opposite direction of most hikers and against the official recommendation of the national park authorities. However, we found several advantages to this approach:&lt;br /&gt;
	1.	Gradual ascent for most of the route, and where the trail is very steep, you go uphill instead of downhill.&lt;br /&gt;
	2.	The approach to Huemul Pass {40} [38.5/1028] (Huemul) is simply breathtaking from this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
	3.	You don’t pass the entrance gate at the park information center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If hiking clockwise, the main challenge is hiking against the wind between 24.0 - 38.5 km. Another major difficulty is river crossings. There are two challenging crossings:&lt;br /&gt;
	•	[18.9/676] (Tyrolean Traverse)&lt;br /&gt;
	•	[54.0/285] (Tyrolean Traverse)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both crossings have ziplines, which allow you to cross with dry feet if you bring or rent the necessary climbing harness. Since we didn’t rent any special gear, we had to ford the rivers.&lt;br /&gt;
	•	[54.0/285] can be safely forded at Ford {40} [54.1+0.4/259], but we missed this option and ended up wading directly below the zipline—it was quite wild (waist-deep, I’m 178 cm tall). We highly recommend taking the small detour to the marked ford in the track files, where the river splits, making the crossing much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
	•	[18.9/676] has a gorge below the zipline, but the river can be easily forded (knee-deep) above it or even more safely below it at Ford {40} [18.2+0.3/664].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fees:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since we hiked clockwise, we did not pass the park entrance gate. On our last day, we walked past the ticket checkpoint/gate at 7 p.m., but there was no one there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bivouacking:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camping is only allowed at the officially designated campsites:&lt;br /&gt;
	1.	[16.6/745] (Camp Toro)&lt;br /&gt;
	2.	[21.2/860] (Rio Tunel)&lt;br /&gt;
	3.	[27.9/925] (Paso del Viento, Attention: Mice!)&lt;br /&gt;
	4.	[41.3+0.2/286] (Camp Bahía de los Témpanos)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Water:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not an issue—streams and rivers are encountered frequently along the route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resupply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Chaltén is a super tourist trap—very expensive, with limited selection, but resupply is possible. We bought food for 2.5 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We used a combination of:&lt;br /&gt;
	•	Lo des Lourdes Supermarket (-49.3254052, -72.8916425)&lt;br /&gt;
	•	Supermercado Chaltén (-49.3307613, -72.8857952) → in our opinion, the best stocked option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas cartriges are sold in almost every outdoor shop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2025-Feb-25 to 2025-Feb-27/ 3/ Hiking/ Counterclockwise/ Timothée and Maëlle '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started at the begininng of a great weather window, therfore the trail was really crowdy, especially during the first half day.&lt;br /&gt;
We slept at campo lago Toro superior (5 stars, with great view on Cerro Grande a bit wind sheltered) and and at Bahia de los Tempanos ( probably a few mice).&lt;br /&gt;
Overalle a great hike with amazing and changing view. It definitly worths it despite the crowd. Better to do it counterclockwise ( Last day easier but more borring). Even though a lot of people hike this trail, there are a few technical parts ( walking on the glacier or scree before camp 81, steep ascent and descente of Passo del Viento, very steep descente of Passo Huemul)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented harnesses for the zipline but it does not worth it (15 000$ a day) : long waiting at zipline and it is fordable by foot if you are experienced: first river under the knee, second river slightly above the knee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since automn 2024, the entrance in the park is charged 45000$ a day ( free if you pass before 7am) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' 2025-MAR-13 &amp;gt; 15 / 2,5 jours / Randonnée / SOBO / RR &amp;gt; Laguna de los Esquies &amp;gt; RR &amp;gt; sentier balisé &amp;gt; RR &amp;gt; sentier balisé / Pierre-Marie ​​'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etape : GPT40&lt;br /&gt;
| Meteo : soleil&lt;br /&gt;
| Eau : facile&lt;br /&gt;
| Neige : non&lt;br /&gt;
| Intérêt : 5/5&lt;br /&gt;
| Difficulté : 4/5&lt;br /&gt;
| Danger : péages, descente dangereuse&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Je suis passé au péage au point (-49.3387142, -72.885454) à 8h. Il y avait donc du monde et j'ai dû payer 45 000 ARS. Evidemment il n'y a eu aucun contrôle lors de la randonnée. J'ai été stupide. Le sentier est populaire mais ce n'est vraiment pas l'autoroute. J'ai dû croiser 20 personnes en tout de El Chaltén au paso del viento, alors que j'en avais croisé des centaines sur le sentier du lago de los Tres. L'eau est facile à trouver, les fords simple et les zones humide facile à franchir sans  mouiller ses chaussures. J'ai campé à la Laguna de los Esquies (-49.3824358, -73.1505322) pour éviter le camp officiel avec ses touristes et ses rongeurs. La nuit a été calme et pratiquement sans vent, sauf 30 secondes à 2h du matin où une rafale venue de nulle part a failli casser ma tente. Le refuge du km 27,9 n'a aucun endroit prevu pour dormir. Et il n'y a pas de toilettes ce qui pose problème sur le sentier : il y a parfois du papier et quand il n'y a pas de vent ça sent mauvais dans les zones boisées. Vers le km 40 la descente est extremement dangereuse. Je pense qu'il faudrait mettre un point alerte sur la trace GPS. J'étais seul alors j'ai pris mon temps, mais s'il y a beaucoup de monde qui monte et qui descend c'est vraiment dangereux. Pas de ford au km 44,2, il n'y avait même pas d'eau. J'ai suivi le sentier principal et non le RR du point (-49.4677546, -72.9293579) au point (-49.4330632, -72.8879393). Je pense que ça devrait être le RR d'ailleurs et l'autre piste en CC une option. Idem après le parking km 56,5, un très bon sentier de trail va à El Chaltén. Le ford au km 54 sous la tyrolienne se fait bien, il faut bien choisir son passage. Dans mon cas je suis remonté 30m en amont et suis descendu en diagonale vers l'autre rive au pied de la tyrolienne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''25Fev2025 - 27fev2025   /   hiking counter clockwise  /   RR   /   3 days   /  Lilian and Clara'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of the trail very busy in early morning. So much people going on this good weather window. &lt;br /&gt;
No park ranger along the trail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We didn't rent harnesses and were happy with that choice. &lt;br /&gt;
First ford was up to knee easy (close to the waypoint Ford).&lt;br /&gt;
Second ford was harder : up to crotch for me (1.57m) and fast flowing but manageable. We forded it a bit upper to the zipline. There were easier options downstream where the river separate in branches but there are probably fences to go through to get there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camp at 21.2 : busy...Mices. &lt;br /&gt;
Camp 40 bahia de los tempranos is really beautiful but also crowded and mices.  Other solutions to camp a bit upper than the beach.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just before the paso huemul  we went to Mirador del condor here -49,49625, -73,01589. Trail visible on Gaia GPS, more CC, crazy wind but nice view on the glaciar !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2025-Feb-25 to 2025-Feb-27 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO (Anti-Clockwise) / RR / Sean &amp;amp; Neele'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pretty straight forward tourist route so not much to add. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We bumped into Clara again after meeting on section 12!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ticket booth at -49.20305, -72.53093 (around 1.1km) was closed at 7am apparently it opens at 8. We used the tryolean at 18.9km but it wasn't necessary, easy to ford slightly upstream (after 2 days of rain). Camped at 21.2km not much wind protection and lots of people. Camp 41.3+0.2 good wind protection but there's mice and lots of toilet paper. We used tyrolean 54km although the river was probably crossable at the same point after 2 dry days, if not the river braids downstream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That's the end of the GPT for us, thanks to everyone who's been updating the wiki and happy hiking!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''2025-Feb-06 to 2025-Feb-09 / 3.5 days Hiking / counterclockwise/ RR / MiaimZelt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: I had planned to go without a Harness to cross Rio Tunel on foot. But the day before i met a german, who told he talked to someone who hiked the Huemul and according to that Crossing Nr. 1 wasn't doable without harness. Two other people told, the rangers said Nr. 1 goes up to the hips and is too difficult. I couldn't get first hand informations and the Infocenter was already closed. Spontaneously i rented a harness (10k/day is the normal price) and started at 11am. The weather forcast was mixed: two days of sun and two days of rain/snow. That's why i chosed to do it in 4 instead of 3 days. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first day was very easy, i only struggled with the heavy backpack (+1kg harness). Camped roughly 1.5km before Camping Toro, because i'm afraid of mice. It was easy to find a sheltered spot in the forest on that very windy day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Soon i reached Laguna Túnel o Toro and the first Zipline. I was upset with myself because i fell for the fearmongering! 100m upstream the river looked easily fordable - i guess max. knee deep. Where it reaches the lake it even looked easier with low current. Up to the hips - what a lie! Don't understand why people were not able to ford the river. Either they don't know how to cross a river or they meant another one... The crossing with the zipline wasn't easy because i had to pull myself slightly uphill. Struggled to unhook myself and my backpack and fortunately got help from two brits. I think when you're alone and don't have strong arms, it's easier to cross the river on foot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I chosed to walk above the glacier not on it. The ranger said it's possible, but it didn't look save with the crevasses. The ascent was strenous, but easy. The views of the southern patagonian icefield was incredible! No wind at Paso del Viento. The descent was also easy, there it started snowing. Reached Camp Paso del Viento at 1:30pm and pitched my tent. Snowed even more, the world around me went white. It didn't stop until 11pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: 15cm of snow, but the sky was blue. Was relieved when i found out the trail is still visible. Even  had footprints in front of me. Enjoyed hiking in the snow and got amazing views. Way up to Paso Huemul was a bit steep, but overall easy. The descent was indeed very difficult. The upper part was ok: steep through forest with solid soil, the middle part had some helpful ropes installed, the worst part came below: extremely steep with loose soil and nothing to hold on. No ropes here. The rest was easy. Passed Bahia Tempános and Bahia Hornos. Stayed on this OSM Camp: -49.475284, -72.943223. Perfect protection from West (very windy afternoon), flat space for at least 4 tents, a primitive bench and a nice view at the lake. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Nice and easy trails the whole day. Followed the official Trek. Fortunately it didn't rain. Small 1p campsite with good protection here: -49.431947, -72.887512. 2nd Zipline also was not really easy, needed to pull myself after the first half and struggled to open one carabiner. I think the ziplining is better done in a group. The river didn't look fordable near the zipline, but where it branches in 3 parts it looked good to ford. You can see this area from the trail above. So i think it's not necessary to bring a harness. Reached El Chaltén at 2pm.&lt;br /&gt;
In my opinion there are cases where it's good to have it: when you want to keep your feet dry; when you like the idea of ziplining; maybe in early season when it rained a lot and for people who have no experience with rivercrossings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''24-12-2024 to 26-12-2024/ 3 days / RR counterclockwise / wiiim'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camped by Laguna Torre &amp;amp; carried on with GPT40 early morning. It’s an undeniably beautiful loop but I couldn’t help feel a little old &amp;amp; grumpy at times between the trail poop, Bluetooth speakers and groups heading straight up a clearly open crevassed glacier (without gear). I passed both river crossings on foot, the first one upstream from the cable where it splits in two, about knee height. The second crossing has more water but arguably you have a lot more options to choose from, I crossed about 100m downstream where it’s at its widest before branching out into channels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''13-11-2024 to 16-11-2024/ 3.5 days / NOBO / RR / Sophie and Gaspar'''l&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We continued our adventure with the Cerro Huemul or Viedma Glacier Circuit, hiking clockwise (the usual route is counterclockwise). The trail is well-marked throughout, presenting no navigation difficulties. There are two crossings of the Río Túnel, which can be done via zipline if you have a harness. We chose to ford the river on foot both times. However, at its farthest point, crossing at the same spot as the zipline can be risky. During the snowmelt season, it may be impossible to cross without equipment for the zipline, so renting the necessary gear is highly recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another minor challenge is the ascent or descent (depending on your direction) of Cerro Huemul. It can be quite slippery in wet conditions, but fixed ropes are installed to ensure safety. You can camp comfortably near the Paso del Viento shelter, but watch out for mice! Paso del Viento itself does not present major technical difficulties, aside from the strong winds, as the name suggests. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The circuit offers spectacular views of the Viedma Glacier, the Southern Patagonian Ice Field, and the upper and lower Túnel Glaciers—truly unforgettable scenery!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-28 to 2024-Mar-2 / 4 days / Hiking / Counter Clockwise / RR / Andrew'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful trail. Not too much to add from what others have mentioned, the route is well marked. Views of the southern patagonia icefield are absolutely stunning. We decided to push a bit further and camp at Bahia Hornos, but I would have stayed at Bahia de Los tempanos if I did it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-24 to 2024-Feb-26 / 2.5d / Hiking / Counter Clock / RR and new terrain / Tom'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect conditions! No clouds, no wind&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: &lt;br /&gt;
Crossed rio tunnel almost dry behind the laguna (trail on OSM). Hiked on Glaciar Tunel inferior. It's not that safe as others stated. Following others footstep an think it's safe says a lot of your alpine experience. Walk on the glaciar only if you know what you are doing (I'm a mountain guide and knew enough strong hikers that ended as dead bodies).&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware of the land slide between the glaciar inferior and the biwak. I told the park auhtorities to close that trail and use the GPT version. It's a matter of time and the trail slides away!&lt;br /&gt;
No wind on paso viento and a stunning view to the icefield. Not a cloud on a azur sky. I pitched my tent at the small laguna behind laguna Ferrari but before laguna los Esquies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Installed a rope on the Huemul downhill and stayed at Bahia  Hornos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: I started before sunrise and was by intention first at the tyrolienne. Bully on the other side, so I just hooked my steel carabiner and pulled myself along the cable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I liked the hike, but hated the littering, I mean &amp;quot;shittering&amp;quot; around the official camps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Apr-08 to 2024-Apr-10 / 3 days / Hiking / counterclockwise / RR / Joscha'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: RR [0.0-21.2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good trail. Only the last 2 km was hiking on loose scree and took some time. Camp Rio Tunnel at km 21.2 has only spots for about three tents. The wind protection isn't as good as at camp Toro (16.6). The river at km 18.9 was a easy ford (knee high) about 50-100 meter up stream of the zip-line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: RR [21.2-45.1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paso de viento (km 24.0) was very icy on top and on the way down. I managed without spikes, but they would have been helpfull. The pass at km 38.5 was snow free. The trail down after the pass is very steep. Would be very hard if snowy or muddy. Camped at -49.475284, -72.943223.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: RR [45.1-64.9]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The RR branches off the official Huemul Track at km 46.7. The RR runs a little higher and therefore offers maybe a bit better views. But the official Huemul Track would be the faster option. Rio Tunel was easily fordable (knee high) just under the zipline at km 54.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Mar-24 to 2024-Mar-26 / 3 days / Hiking / anticlockwise / RR / Juliet and Martin'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 el chalten - Rio Tunel camp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The park rangers were closed for strike action. We weren't able to register online either (bad internet connection). We left around 9am. Several people and a group on the first part, but we lost them on our way around the glacier. Magnificent walk between forests, viewpoints and lakes. We arrived for lunch at laguna o toro. Possible bivouac spot with emergency shelter if needed. It's a beautiful spot, but we didn't feel like pitching our tent there. So we decided to head for the Rio Tunel campside. Passing the zipline, in fact the river is probably passable on foot a little above. We recommend that you look at tutorials on how to use the equipment, which we hadn't done, and the rental company gave us bad advice. Fortunately, there was an experienced hiker who helped us. &lt;br /&gt;
The passage along and on the glacier is complicated. We lost the trail and took a long time to make headway. There are lots of slippery spots (ice), so you have to be careful. Once we'd found our way back, we were able to reach the camp. It's well sheltered from the weather with a few spots (in fact only 3). The place is very windy, so I'd recommend getting there early if it's busy to get a sheltered spot. Magnificent view of the glacier. &lt;br /&gt;
There are mice, and we saw several in the evening, but we weren't bothered during the night. Difficult to find a place to hang the food so we kept it with us in the tent enclosed and in the middle of the two of us and not at the ends. That's how it was. &lt;br /&gt;
Several water spots along the way all day (several rivers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 Rio Tunel camp - Bahia de los tempanosb camp (-49,47994,-7298601)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Passage of the paso del viento, which was indeed very windy, but passable. The path is still passable as used. Easy to follow. Magnificent panoramic view of the glacier at the top. You can see that some people have already pitched their tents at the pass, but I wouldn't recommend it because of the strong wind.  Beautiful descent to the refuge. Very good, in good condition. Lots of possibilities for pitching tents around the stone walls. Very nice place to sleep. We continued on. Passage over Col Huelmul easier than the previous one. Very windy too, but the wind was in our favor and helped us make our way up. The descent is very complicated indeed, and quite dangerous. Take your time, especially if it's been raining. It takes time. Fortunately, there are ropes to hold on to. We reach the camp just before dark. It's very crowded, but we find a place to pitch our tent. The view of the lake, icebergs and glacier is magnificent. However, we were bothered by mice all night. We had hung our food from the trees, but despite this, they came up to the tent (between the 2 canvas sheets) time and time again. AVOID! It's crowded, there's garbage, mice, a rotting cow carcass...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 Camp Bahia de los tempanos (-49,47994,-7298601) - el chalten &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last day of hiking. Very beautiful in the hills, views over the lake. We loved it. Cross country in the hills, very nice to do even if we had to pass a few muddy spots and lost the trail a few times. Once back on the official trail, no more worries. The zipline was easier than on the first day. We didn't have to wait very long, surely 2 people ahead of us. End of the day with an easy trail to el chalten. The last few kilometers are on the road, not very pleasant and uninteresting, but it's not very long. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section is definitely beautiful and diverse. Mice are a real problem on this section. They seem to be present at all the bivouac spots. They're not shy and don't hesitate to come along even if you scare them. If we had to do it all over again, we'd use rat repellents, because hanging up the food doesn't seem to be enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''24-Mar-05 to 2024-Mar-07 / 48 hours / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Tomáš'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I did not like El Chaltén and the weather seemed better than later in the week so I immediatelly followed to GPT40. Starting at 17:00, I stopped 3 km from the first official camping Torro, which is normally 16 km far, in three hours of walking. I registered online and did not talk to any parkguards - not sure if they would not try to turn me back this late if they saw me. Fearing mice and being asocial, I did not want to reach the camp. The trail is very clear and easy. At least in this section, there are many places to camp - many trees provide shelter from wind. It was not that windy anyway, just on the final descent to the valley. Met lots of people coming back from Pliegue Tumbado mirador and nobody after the junction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next morning surprised me (the only reliable forecast seems to be for heavy rain or cloudless day, anything in between seems to be a hit or miss) by blue sky, so I got awesome views going up the pass. There was a queue at the zipline so I forded 50 m upstream - it was barely below my knees. Met ten people altogether that day. Walked on glacier, as the official PDF recomends. It is not slippery with the rocks. It is fun, there are footsteps to follow going on and off the glacier. I assume it is safe. There is also a trail going in parallel on the rocks (all circuit is trail BTW, not partly CC like GPX suggests). Indeed only between the glaciers there is a few tentspots as indicated by OSM (unofficial? - but nobody probably cares). By the time I got to the first pass, clouds obscured Fitz Roy and the mountains across the icefield, which was still breathtaking. The pass had both quite windy spots and windless spots and some flats, so in good weather might be ok for camping, but hard to say. Traversing to the second pass, you actually mostly go through a valley partly (?) formed by ancient morraines, so most of the time, the icefield is hidden. I think there are places for pitching a tent, though not really between water at 35 and the second pass - anyway, the place around refugio is the most shletered. There used to be a campsite right after the second pass, but the PDF says you should not use it. Going further down is indeed very steep. There are now handy ropes attached to trees at places. The trail is badly eroded and slippery, would be indeed annoying when muddy. Darkness fell on me there and I still did not bother with a headlamp, but this is indeed the most demanding part of the whole trail. It is demanding also for GPT standards (the rest of the circuit is easy). Once you get down, it is flat and you can camp in many places, which I did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day there were about 15 people, three of which went clockwise, so it is done even if the Park does not like it (it normally seem to have no presence on the trail itself). This time I waited the queue for the zipline to actually try using it. I think the river was fordable there. It was definitely fordable 200-300 metres downstream (there is a diversion), where it widens and branches in the delta. The rest of the trail was uneventful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is indeed a nice end to the GPT. I did not expect to finish the Main route (minus 23-31) this year, so yay! The El Viento shop (49.3229571S, 72.8940188W) is on the other side of the town (2 km) to the Park office and charged me for three days even though I finished the circuit in 48 hours - it was 5-6 USD per day. In retrospect, I would not bother with the harness. I met a guy who went without because he could not rent one - I was given the last one they had available and it was too big for me by far. Should the second river prove unfordable, people would probably borrow you theirs, it seems one set is usually carried per group and passed over using the thin rope - at least on the second crossing, the thin rope is there permanently so I am not sure what would the thin rope be for anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I still hated El Chalten (too many tourists, really bad 4g internet [apparently everybody in town shares one connection, unless I was wrongly informed] - if you stay overnight, usually in such situations it starts working well some time after midnight when everybody sleeps -, really pricy produce and very mediocre meal in one of the restaurants; Villa O'Higgins has a much nicer feel), so I hopped on a bus (3h) to El Calafate at 18h for about 22 USD. It goes also in the morning and around noon. There is also a 130 USD 28h (I think) bus to Bariloche at 14:00 and at 21:00. From El Calafate, there are connections to Ushuaia (this one not sure), Puerto Natales and Punta Arenas (at 3 AM and change in the middle about 40 USD, a bit cheaper if you have cash) and Buenos Aires. I don't have my ticket back yet and flying directly from El Calafate would be very expensive, prices from Punta Arenas were the cheapest. Bye!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-16 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Charlie Gardner'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What an outstanding hike. This is definitely such an incredible way to either begin/end the main route of the GPT. We did it in the classic 4 days which was fairly chill. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 - &lt;br /&gt;
Pretty straightforward day. Hike starts with a nice climb that takes you eventually into the surrounding forests. Great views of Lago Viedma from the top and a nice lunch spot. We started very late in the day and the sun was BEATING, could recommend and earlier start to avoid this. Don’t forget to check in with rangers before leaving! Quick form you have to fill out. Hang your food at Toro campsite, we saw a few mice running around. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 - &lt;br /&gt;
Winds were crazy in the valley when we woke up. Many hikers were considering bailing on the hike due to worries of what Paso del viento would hold but the they calmed down around 930-10 and most pushed on. There’s an alternative route across the rivers that funnel into Laguna Tunel o Toro that we thought we’d check out as a few kairns led that way but they were far too strong to cross when we went that way. Ended up having a route find a bit and scramble up an alternative route after this lake, definitely recommend staying as close to route as possible here. Trail opens up again after you make it over. Tyrolean was short, didn’t look like anyone tried to ford the river here but it was definitely doable. Get to tyrolean early if you want to avoid waiting. The glacier route required a bit of route finding as well at points but isn’t anything crazy. Boulders and rocks can be loose at times though. Maybe we got lucky but paso del viento was quiet when we got to the top. Outstanding views! Short walk to camp after the descent from Viento. 8 of us slept in the shelter at paso del viento Camp as winds picked up considerably overnight. Was definitely glad for the protection but there were definitely mice scurrying around. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 - &lt;br /&gt;
Definitely recommend an earlyish start this day. The climb up to paso Huemul is not as hard as paso del viento but the decent afterwards is just ridiculous. If you have bad knees, it’s more of a controlled fall on some sections. Gravel is extremely loose and it is VERY steep. Thankfully, there are a fair amount of the roots and trees to grab hold up but this was definitely an annoying decent especially at the end of the Day 3. Many tried Bahia de Los témpanos camp but we decided to push on to Bahia de Hornos. An hour later, everyone else showed up at this camp as they said the other one did not have sufficient shelter from wind and was fairly dusty. Hornos ended up being lovely after winds calmed down and sound got lower. Would probably filter water here if possible, lots of cows nearby and water is fairly foggy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4 - &lt;br /&gt;
Final day was straightforward but definitely longer than expected. Would definitely recommend leaving early to be first at the tyrolean again. Be careful with the safety rope, ours broke halfway while pulling bags across and we had to send a person across without the pulley. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enjoy, this hike rocks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb- 05 to 2024-Feb-08/ 4 days/hiking/SOBO/40/RR/Paulina'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolutely beautiful section! Very various&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 I left very late ( 4 pm) because the wind was extremely strong earlier, but it is an easy day, about 9 I was at the camping Lago Toro. The way was most of the time well marked, after the rain the meadows can be very wet I think. Once you are in the valley of Lago Toro, there are some easy river crossing. The campground is well protected from the wind, the water is nearby. To grab a better spot for tent, don't come too late, when I was there, the camping was almost full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 For me it was the most beautiful day, in a good weather , the views on the glaciers are amasing. So yes, it's really worth to wait fot a good weather for this day ( and the next one too). This day you will need also to consult sometimes the trails on GPS. At the end of the lake, there are some cairns, don't follow them, just follow the trail on gps which goes up. A lot of people missed up there and instead to follow na easy and safe trail, they climbed unecessary some rocks. The tiroliene didn't seems.difficult, The only think is that when we were there, the thin rope was not attached to the tyroliene and it was not easy to pull the tiroliene at the beginning. So, take a thin rope to attach the tirolien because the one which was there was all missed up. It's ok if you have one hardness for a group, it's easy to send it back. As all the people from the camping left around the same hour, to avaoil the linę to the tiroliene, we just crossed the river a bit farther, the level was not too high. Later, a nice path will take you to the glacier and you will not see anymore the trail ( only cairns sometimes). If you follow GPS trail, it should be ok. At the glacier, just walk on the eadge of the glacier at first, and later on rocks which are close from the glacier. There is also an upper trail, some people followed this one but were complaining that it was hard ( a lot of ...stones.). One you are at the end of the glacier, go up, there are several trails, but all of them are ok. The views from the pass area are just amasing, so yes, wsit for the good weather because it would be a pity not to see all these glaciers. The trail to the rodugio is easy to follow, mostly descent. At the camping there are about 5 spots with stonewall protection. It's a windy area, so it's better to grab a good spot. Also, there is place for about 8 person in the rodugio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 Another beautiful day. Well marked all the time, most of the time easy way. The ascent to the pass is short and rather pleasent. Very, very windy at the end of the ascend ( even if it was not a windy day), so I can't imagine how windy it is with a worse weather. About ,30 min from the pass, a steep ascend starts. When it's wet, can be difficult. So also, better to have good, dry day for this descent. I would recommand to camp at Bahia Tempanos, well wind protected and beautiful views on icebergs, and a Perfect spot for sunrise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4 Rather easy day. The landscape changes a lot comparing to previous days, but it's still very beautiful, especially views on Lago de Vuelta. The tiroliene is very easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Jan-15 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR  / Tom Pieper'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much to add. As the others mentioned a must do! When I started, there were indeed not that many people as weather forecast was not that good for the 'classic' 4 day itinerary. I was fine doing it in 3 days. The bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior only has space for 3 tents. You find additional protected spots 5 minutes beyond at the lake. If you fear glacial lake outburst flood (GLOF) there are also some elevated spots there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Jan-06 to 2024-Jan-08 / 2.5 days / Hiking / anticlockwise / RR / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started around noon on day 1 and hiked to the bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior at km (km 21.2). We walked acrosse the glacier to avoid the moraine, no crampons needed. The bivouack was extremely windy at night but still a bit protected, lots of big rocks to help with staking the tent down. There are also a few rock walls built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 2 we hiked over Paso Viento (which was very windy indeed; we also had rain, hail and snow) and down the other side. Once we got lower down we got out of the cloud and the weather was very pleasant. We didn't have much of the view over the glacier to the North but saw the end that descended towards Lago Viedma. The Paso Huemul was also extremely windy but at least it was sunny. The descent through the forest after the pass is really steep, with loose gravel/sand and lots of tree roots - be extremely careful here! The official campsites at the bay and peninsula were full so we continued until km45.2 where there is a nice windprotected campsite shown on OSM. Ford at 44.2 is completely dried out, but at 45.5 the stream is flowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 3 we hiked back into El Chalten by lunch, it was a very windy day. When we reached the tyrolean at km54 (which is waymarked as a bridge for some reason?)  there were about 15 people in the line so we decided to ford the river about 30m upstream. We went 3 people in a line formation, the first person had water up to the waist, the last just below hips. At km62, where you need to climb below a fence just before joining the road, pay attention to the small holes in the sandy banks: those are armadillo burrows, you might see one if lucky!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''From 2023-12-26 to 2023-12-28 //3 days // Hiking // NOBO // Anticlockwise // Quentin Clavel'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if there's lot of people (around 15/20 departure per days at this time of the season), this section is in my opinion absolutely amazing ! The view on the icefield is outstanding ! I mostly followed the track, except on day two, where I continue to explore the surrounding of the Laguna de Los Esquies. Happy to be totally alone there, in front of this outstanding view. Hypnotic ! (It's almost the same that you can see at paso del viento, but closer to the icefield, and more chance to be by yourself here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to rent harnais in El Chaltén and pass threw two zip lines. That was very fun !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had a looooot of wind at paso del viento and paso del huemul. Reminds me tierra del fuego ! Could be very surprising as it's unpredictable squalls and so powerful ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The downhill after paso del huemul Is not funny as it's very slippery. Just have to take the time to be even more careful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Views along the whole trek are absolutely stunning ! A must do ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-11-21 to 2023-11-26 / 5 days / RR / SOBO / anticlockwise / Anh'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT40 is no longer remote, there are 20 hikers on the trail every day.&lt;br /&gt;
The trail is not marked, but not difficult to follow. No real river crossing necessary, there was always aid available. Snowfields are easy to cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: a little muddy, but easy to walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Tyrolean Traverse is no fun as you have to pull yourself uphill. Alternative is an easy river crossing (knee deep, 10:00 AM good weather). 1km after that you can walk between RR or on the glacier (see presentation link at the end of this page). On the glacier trail you come back directly on the mountain of the same height. After the Paso del Viento (700m uphill in 6km, windy &amp;amp; cold) I leave GPT40 and walk to Campamento Laguna de Los Esquies to get a bit closer to the glacier. The path is difficult to find as there are many snowfields (without footprints) in between. But I am alone at the glacier lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: Mostly with CC back to GPT40 to Paso del Viento Camp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Shortly after windy Passo Huemul is time consuming downhill (500Hm in 1km). The trail is very slippery (in sunny weather) &amp;amp; there is hardly any grip for the next step, take time for this part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: very easy trail &amp;amp; Tyrolean Traverse is really fun (downhill zipline). Alternative river crossing is not easy (strong, 12:00 AM good weather).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-12-01 to 2023-12-04 / 4 days / Hiking / RR counterclockwise/ Fangwen &amp;amp; Tobi'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section. We did the recommended 4 day itinerary (together with about 20 other hikers). A few points to add to the existing comments here: first, there was a lot of really wet grasslands, especially on day 1 (at least when we did it, early December). Accept your fate and live with wet feet (and bring extra socks if you can). Second, the four day itinerary makes use of the best-sheltered campsites. Other campsites may offer less protection. Note that even if the Park Rangers say conditions are good, you might encounter very strong winds in many areas. Third, if you want to extend the (somewhat short) days a bit, you can hike to the viewpoint Loma del Pliegue on day 1, on the ridge just above the campsite on day 2 (nice to watch the sunset), and to the aptly named mirador del cóndor next to Huemul pass on day 3. On day 3, it's best not to arrive too late to the very scenic Bahia de los Témpanos camp, since space is limited. Lastly, the descent from the huemul pass on day 3 is indeed a bit tricky, especially if you were to go in wet conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One warning regarding water at the campsites: despite the park information claiming that the water is potable, we would recommend taking some care to get clean drinking water. On day 1, there is an excellent little stream 400m past the campsite. On day 2, take water from a little side stream ~600m before the campsite. The lack of the toilet means that the water from the river flowing into the lake is likely not safe to consume. Similarly on day 3, it is highly recommended to fill up plenty of water at the little waterfall at the end of the steep downhill section before going into camp. The lack of a toilet means that the water there is also unsafe to drink. Furthermore, next to the campsite is a carcass of a recently deceased cow. If the first three days gave you the impression that there is plenty of clean drinking water available during the day, be aware that this is not true of day 4. There is only one good looking stream, roughly at km52, and all the water will require treatment (we saw another three cow carcasses nearby the trail on day 4). Don't worry too much about this, if you plan ahead and think a bit about where to get the water, then it's no issue at all. Enjoy this excellent adventure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Apr-08 to 2023-Apr-11 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a wonderful section ! One of our favorite ! Incredible views on the glaciers, with autumn's colors it was amazing !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended by the guardaparques to have good weather on day 2 and 3 (for the passes), no cloud and no wind for us : perfect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented 1 harness for the 2 zip lines (day 2 and 4). 1 harness per group is sufficient but you have to rent a thin rope too in case the one in the pulley is broken. It is really worth it because the feeling is so good ! (We rented at Viento Oeste, north of San Martin street, the cheapest according to a friend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thin rope is very helpful to suspend all your bags and things in camps. You have to do it because mice are at every camp and the will destroy your bag, your tent or whatever has food inside. This is the only annoying point of this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the trail : easy to follow, except when you have to walk on the glacier on day 2, it can be a bit challenging. Take care, do not go if there is fresh snow all over the glacier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way down the paso Huemul on day 3 is very steep too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Mar-30 to 2023-Apr-01 / 3 days / El Chaltén counter clockwise / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did the Huemul Circuit in 3 days. We started around 9 a.m. planning to camp at the Biwak Túnel the first night. The weather turned out to be so nice that we decided to continue and do the Paso del Viento the first day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail until the first Tyrolean traverse was really good even though it was partially covered in snow. We crossed the river easily by foot.&lt;br /&gt;
After that the trail up to the pass gets more demanding and slower. Once you reach the Glaciar Túnel Inferior navigation gets more difficult. There are different paths and we firstly followed one going up and down on the gravel. It's probably easier to take the path on the glacier from the beginning on. We reached the pass at sunset and had an absolutely amazing view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We decided to camp at the end of Laguna Ferrari (to avoid the mice problem at the main campsites). The path to the lake was demanding, because the slope was covered with lot of snow and it was dark. At the campsite there are lots of well protected spots for tents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we slept pretty long to recover from the previous big day and with better weather than anticipated we walked until km 39.3.&lt;br /&gt;
There are two really good camping spots, one at the edge of the trees and one inside the small forest. No mice there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steep trail down wasn't super easy and must be hard during rain. The second river crossing at km 54 was much more demanding. We crossed it further east of the Tyrolean, where the river divides in multiple branches. There the water went below Annas hips (1,63m). We walked to the viewpoint at km 62.4. Lots of people watched the sunset there with a great view of Fitz Roy and it was easy to get a ride for the last 2 km to El Chaltén.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Mar-10 to 2023-Mar-13 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / El Chaltén anticlockwise / Ondrej '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had the luxury of being able to wait for a good weather window and it really payed out. My hike was easy with magnificent views when climbing up to Paso del Viento. I even had a tranquil lunch at the top. The glacier walk and the snowy peaks are stunning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, I believe gpt40 can turn into hell in windy weather or if camping outside the wind-sheltered camps. I met several people in El Chaltén who had to turn back because the wind didn’t let them climb up to the pass. One couple also had their tent teared apart in the middle of the night at Bahía de Hornos. If you can, avoid camping there for the last night. Instead, camp at Bahía de Tempános which offers far better wind protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed the recommended 4 day length. Each day section took me around 5-6 hours of walking. I believe that especially Day 1 and 2 could be  combined into one (El Chaltén - Refugio del Viento) if the weather is favourable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mice seem to be present at all of the official camps - best is to hang your food, cooking utensils and hygienne stuff on a tree away from your tent and avoid eating in your tent. I did that and had no problems with the animals, while some of my companions got holes bitten into their tents and other stuff. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I rented harness and carabiniers for the tyrollean traverse at Viento Oeste. The traverse was fun to use and I was happy that I didn’t need to ford the cold rivers. Recommended!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Mar-06 to 2023-Mar-07 / 2 days / Laguna Toro out and back / Will'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a tough one, I didn't make it. I waited out a few rainy days in town until the park office told me we had a good two day window. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I spent the first night at Laguna Toro. Be careful of mice there. Quite a bit of rain and snow, but still too warm for the snow to stay on the ground. The next day we (25 or so tourists) set out to attempt the pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I crossed the river on foot right by the zip line, the water was below my knees at noon. Painfully cold though. I climbed up until I got a view of the first glacier at which point the wind was too strong for me to trust my footing. I went back to the first camp planning to wait and try again the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just after setting up the wind tore down a big green tree branch, which crushed and ripped my tent. Thankfully I wasn't inside. Walked back to El Chaltén in defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess that's the end of my GPT hike. It's been amazing, other than the miserable weather down here in the south!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Feb-21 to 2023-Feb-24 / 4 days / GPT40 RR counter clockwise / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Centro de Visitantes - Laguna Toro - Paso del Viento - Paso Huemul - Bahía de los Témpanos - Centro de Visitantes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked the Huemul Circuit in 4 days as recommended by the Park officials. You could do it in less, but it is so beautiful and it was nice not to rush and to take it all in. The park staff also informed us of the expected weather conditions. You only really need favourable weather on the 2d and 3d day, going over the two passes. It was extremely windy when we went, knocking me off my feet at times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed having my microspikes for the crossing of Glaciar Túnel, allowing me to explore a bit further up on the ice, but they are not necessary. From the top of Paso Del Viento, the view of the Southern Patagonian Icefield is awe-inspiring, but there are no good sheltered spots at or near the top to pause and admire the view for very long before the descent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Paso del Viento Camp (second night) is the most exposed of the camps, the tent sites are semi-protected by low rock walls, and some are better than others. The trail is easy to follow and is well-marked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented harnesses and cord for the Tyrolean traverses from the gear shop Viento Oeste, at 1,400 pesos per person per day. The cord was 250 extra pesos per day. It was fairly straightforward to figure out how the cable crossings worked. The first crossing of Río Túnel on day 2 seemed fordable, but not the second one on day 4. That Tyrolean traverse also did not have a rope to pull the pulley back, so we were glad to have one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the link to register for the trek online: docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Unknown / Helen and Craig'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big forest fire around the 3rd bay near iceberg bay. Circuit was closed for a bit. Unsure on how well it's recovering. Have a chat with the rangers before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Jan-08 / Alexis, Iris'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same as below, follow the trail when it differs from the trace. &lt;br /&gt;
Beware that on Day 2, the Paso del Viento can be very windy and you should check the weather forecast before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Jan-04 to 2023-Jan-07 / 4 days / Helen and Craig (plus 8 trail friends!) Gabby, James, Hannah, Jess, Julia, Jacob, Caro and Ali.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trail was very easy to find.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wind guru was for us completely unreliable. Very strong winds to the point of blowing us off path for minutes at a time whilst predictions were minimal forecast. Heed advice from rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First river crossing was impassable. Worth bringing harnesses for zipline (worth it for the fun)&lt;br /&gt;
The far far end of el chalten there's a shop called vende oste where we found good rates of hiring harnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it's windy on the 3rd day pitch up in the iceberg bay bivi site rather than the second site. We stopped earlier than the rest of the gang due to being a bit tired. We had very peaceful night in strong winds where friends at the next site a hellish night. Iceberg bay was also my number one campsite of all GPT40-30! Watching icebergs flip to the sunset after a long dusty day of slipping sliding and being gusted off the path by winds on the mornings pass. This place is a true refuge for the soul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ferry not running so not many options to hitchhike back to chalten for last part of last day. The liberal use of gaiters on trainers also recommend. Lots of spiky grass seeds and burrs on last days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very much worth the wait for a weather window. Incredibly diverse veiws. The glacier walk was a one of kind! Veiws of the ice field kinder the feeling of being about a small at a ant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-15 / 3 days / RR anticlockwise / Frank'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch video of the hike @ national park office. Bring a harness &amp;amp; learn how to do a Tyrolean traverse before you go (the NP video is useful for this)  Where the trail differs from the track file it's easier to follow the trail which is generally good &amp;amp; clear. You are required to register online for the trek (link given by Veronica &amp;amp; Zach) &amp;amp; sign out at the national park office when you are finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river above Laguna Toro was waist deep &amp;amp; v fast, it nearly knocked me over. Not recommended to cross in the afternoon. In the early morning it may be only knee deep. Bring the harness anyway &amp;amp; learn how to use it, you may need it. On the glacier stay near the edge, people tend to go too far out. At the far side you should see footprints &amp;amp; cairns leading to the moraine. Camped @ small high camp just after exiting the moraine (Vivac Tunel) There are a few stone corrals there. Lined the tent with rocks - pegs alone will pop. Good &amp;amp; sheltered camping @ Laguna Toro &amp;amp; after Paso del Viento @ Refuge but I went from Vivac Tunel over Pasos Viento &amp;amp; Huemul in 1 long day.  Only a little snow @ Paso del Viento &amp;amp; easy to cross. Very windy on Paso Huemul in the afternoon.  Steep &amp;amp; loose descent, slow going but I saw 2 huemul. Amazing views of the Icecap between the two passes. Campsite @ Iceberg Bay one of the best on GPT. You can watch the bergs that calve off the icefield breaking up. At lower Rio Tunel we forded 300M downstream from the cable where the river is braided into channels. OK to cross @ noon, knee deep &amp;amp; fast but you need to pick a good spot. Definitely not fordable @ the cable where it runs deep in a single channel. Challenging hike but incredible views of the Icecap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Feb-02 / 2 days / Tom and Maddie'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 days anticlockwise. Trail is easy to follow. Talk to the rangers and they can let you know about any issues. Would be tough in bad weather but in clear weather there are no issues. For the glacier walk we were told to enter the glacier just after the beginning and to exit just after the end. I suspect due to the increased popularity a new route has been made in sections so follow the trail markers which divert from the GPX route. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hired harnesses in El Chalten for the river crossings. We crossed the first on foot in the morning and had no issues. The second one we crossed using the equipment for the novelty but the river looked fine to cross further down. However I can see the river being hard to cross in high levels of rain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was a very beautiful section and very different to the northern sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Jan-12 / 4 days / Oreste Marquis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did the trek counterclockwise wich is the only way to do it rangers say. You need to register to do this trek and guardaparques vive great advises. I crossed the rivers by foot and they were pretty hard, I recommand using the zipline. Awesome views with good weather, but the wind is really annoying! The campgrounds rangers told me to camp weren’t the ones on the trackfiles, but are pretty close to them so they are not hard to find. Great experience !!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the wind forecast! The hills are so steep, strong wind could be dangerous! There’s no snow anymore and you will not need crampons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec / 3 days / Matthieu '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did it in December with good weather, in 3 days ( instead of the 4 recommended, 2 first days in one big day). Awesome trekk and views. It is better to register first at the guardaparques office. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trekk easy to follow excepted on the walk on the glaciar before the paso del viento (a little one, not the Viedma). During this walk, I would not advise to try to walk by the wall of mud and rocks at the left of the glaciar, it is a steepy way and everything slips, we tried it and went on the ice after. The little walk on the ice just near didn´t feel unsafe to me, with the little rocks it doesn't really slip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good camping sites, well protected from the weather conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last downhill after the paso de Huemul is the most dangerous part, very steepy but with trees to hang for help. I would advise to do this part with good weather conditions, with mud it could be dangerous. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the rivercrossings (2 real ones) there is one way walking and one way with tyrolean on a zip Line. We did it with with the tyrolean, and it was extremly funny. Rental of material possible in El chalten. Of course you have to know how to insure yourself good, so inform yourself before going, it is not hard to understand though, but extremely dangerous if not done well. None of us had experience with it before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-18 / Arnaud et Adriane'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After we have taken the information at the national parc office, we only had 2 days of correct weather. So we decided not to walk the entire section but to go only to the paso del viento to get the view on the campo de hielo (glaciar viedma), following the advises of the guardaparques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it is the highlight of the section but not sure since I have never walked it entirely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first day we also took the time to walk to the summit of the cerro loma del pliegue tumbado (1500m of height). It offers an amazing view on the fitz roy and on the cerro torre, the 2 rockstars of El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the second day we went to el Paso del Viento. The view there on the campo de hielo is absolutely fascinating. The hike is very tough but is absolutely worth the effort.  You walk on a glaciar during 2kms but no equipment or particular skill is needed. It was very very very windy (and happily it was a quiet day I do not imagine on other day).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 : El Chalten-cerro loma del pliegue tumbado-laguna torro : 27km with big elevation gain (around 1700m)&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 : laguna toro - paso del viento - laguna toro : 18km.&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 : back to El Chalten : 17km.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I definitely recomand to follow the guardaparques advises and pay a huge attention to the weather. On this section with a bad weather and a strong wind I think it is dangerous to try to walk it entirely. And if it is cloudy, you will miss amazing views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The riverford after the laguna toro was easy on the way to the paso del viento (on the morning) but very dangerous on the way back (on the afternoon with all the gletchers melting I think). The worst we've done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
If you intend to get back after the paso del viento I advise to get equipment to be able to use the zip line that has been settled by the guardaparques. It us much more secured than crossing the river on the afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Nov-6 / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe /7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equipment for Zip Line to cross rivers is not required anymore since this season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the season the rivers are possible to cross on foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paso Viedma had a decent amount of snow on it (Snow Line at 1000m), the ascent is straightforward but the descent on the side facing the ice field can be really iced over and difficult without crampons (ask at Visitor Center of the NP for current conditions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Nov-4 / 4 days / regular hiking route / counter-clockwise / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful hike in good weather! Great views of the ice sheet and mountains from Paso Del Viento. Highly recommend waiting for clear weather so you don't miss the scenery! We went up right after a big storm. The trail was a bit muddy up to the Laguna Torro, and the lee of the pass had a decent amount of snow. The windward side was pretty icy and more difficult than the snow. The next day we took a detour and cut cross country to walk on the Campo De Hielo Sur. Our route took a bit of steep scrambling to get down to it and back up around Paso De Huemul, and there were lots of open crevasses on the ice, so it would be good to have some experience and navigation skills if you want to do the same. Dropping down Paso Huemul on the trail was steep and a knee killer, and from Lago Viedma we had a hard time staying on the right trail amidst all the cow path, but aside from a few spiky bushes it's easy to cut cross country. Unnecessary to use the zip lines this year to cross the rivers. You have to camp only in the designated campsites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: GPT40 is more popularly known as the Huemul Circuit, a 57-kilometer trek in El Parque Nacional Los Glaciares. Before embarking, the national park guard requires that every hiker obtain a permit, bring required safety gear, and watch a slideshow about the circuit. The safety gear consists of a harness, 2 carabiners (one steel and one aluminum), slings, and 35 m of rope. Most of this gear can be rented at any outfitter in town, but due to liability reasons, the outfitters won’t rent rope. We went to the local ferretería to purchase this. All of this gear is used for two river crossings on zip lines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We were told that the rangers required hikers to bring their safety gear to the station before a permit would be issued. I would recommend that anyone who wants to do this circuit go to the rangers station the day before to watch the video and get any other necessary information about weather, conditions, etc. Since rentals can get expensive, renting the same day you leave and then going to the rangers station to show them your safety gear and get a permit seems to be the best course of action. The guard station is located on the south side of the Río Fitz Roy just across the bridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most people hike the circuit clockwise (as the slideshow recommends). The trail begins just behind the rangers station and ascends up gentle grassy hills. It is fairly flat and well maintained. After passing Laguna Túnel o Tore, the trail deviates from the GPS route and loops to the first crossing of the Río Túnel on a zip line. During low water, it is possible to cross this river on foot by following the GPS track. After crossing the river, the trail climbs steeply to just above Glaciar Río Túnel Inferior. Along the south side of the glacier, the trail becomes hard to follow as it disappears in loose moraine. Walking on the edge of the glacier may be easier than trying to pick your way across the steep slope but be careful doing this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the glacier, follow maintained switchbacks up the side of the mountain towards Paso del Viento, the high point of the circuit. For the next 20 km, expect amazing views of Glacier Viedma. I cannot speak to the quality of the trail descending from the pass because of the blanketing snowpack that was present during our trek, but the sections where the snow did melt looked maintained. There is a small refugio, Refugio Paso del Viento located at a pond about 3.5 km from Paso Viento. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the refugio, the trail contours and then climbs to Paso Huemul. Make sure to look back and enjoy the last view of Glacier Viedma. The descent is very steep and at one point there is even a rope to downclimb. There are also plenty of woody bushes (manzanita?) to cling to as you lower yourself down the trail. After completing the descent, the trail is straightforward and easygoing. There is camping on the beach at the peninsula, Camping Bahía de Hornos. There is one more river crossing with a zip line at the lower Río Túnel, and from there it is easy walking to the end!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
2023: There is a bus every evening at 8PM from El Chalten to Los Antiguos, arriving at about 7AM. The bus continues to Esquel, El Bolson &amp;amp; Bariloche. From Los Antiguos you can go by local taxi or hitch to the border &amp;amp; Chile Chico (there is no longer a bus across the border) There is also a bus once a day from Los Antiguos to El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
It’s possible to hike alone, you just have to make registration online before and after:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Registration|https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT40 - Glaciar Viedma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
InReach from ranger: pls ask the ranger the current phone number and email for inReach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You don’t have to watch video in ranger station anymore, they have new presentation:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Presentation |https://drive.google.com/file/u/0/d/1U_Wp46EDCLM_yFlSgXdfyxZYnMFHTLlN/view?pli=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AriGPT</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=125509</id>
		<title>GPT40 (Glaciar Viedma)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT40_(Glaciar_Viedma)&amp;diff=125509"/>
				<updated>2025-12-29T22:59:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AriGPT: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''[[GPTs|List of all GPT sections]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How to a add new entry =&lt;br /&gt;
You need to be logged in to save your edits (and on mobile view, you need to be logged in to start editing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- IF YOU COPY FROM THIS EDITING VIEW, YOU NEED TO USE THIS TEMPLATE (* TRANSFORMS INTO BULLET, ''' MAKE IT BOLD):&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Packrafting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias'''&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;* '''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Packrafting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Include remarks about your route useful for other hikers and packrafters, alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties. Try to be specific. Do not be shy to fix obvious mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
December 22 to 24, 2025/ 3 days/ Hiking/ Anti-clockwise&lt;br /&gt;
I did the hike anti-clockwise by following the traditional campsites on the first two nights: Camp Toro [16.6] and Paso Del Viento (Shelter): [27.9]. On the third day, I finished the trek. The first campsite is in the forest and has very nice wind barriers, so not much to worry about in terms of weather. The second camp is much more exposed as well as having much stronger winds. I was told that the weather matters for &amp;quot;days 2 and 3,&amp;quot; which is really anything inbetween Camp Toro and Paso Huemel because inbetween those two points you are on a different side of the mountain. So, check either on Wind Guru or with the ranger station about the weather for the days you expect to be there. However, even the weather reports can be quite misleading. I received a report of gusts up to 100 km/h on Paso Huemel, and while they were quite strong, definetely not that strong. However, it could easily go the other way. Unfortunately, while both camping areas themselves are beautiful, humans have made them very dirty by not digging holes when going to the bathroom and simply going on the surface as well as many tissues and wipes visible when walking around. Therefore, I see the appeal in going to one of the campsites the rangers do not suggest (e.g. Tunel, although the wind is much more of a factor there). The hike is very beautiful, and you see incredible views of the Viedma Glacier and other smaller glaciers, making it very rewarding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the Tyrolean traverses, the first one [18.2+0.3, 664], I did with the harness because others around me were also doing so, but it seemed quicker to simply ford. The second zip line, I didn't want to waste the time fishing out my harness, so I simply forded. I'm ~185 cm and the water was very cold and came up to my middle to upper thigh. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, while the rangers will question your motives for not doing their plan of 4 days, trek is very doable in 3 days--I even saw people doing it in 2 days by only camping at Paso Viento Shelter. You should definetly check the weather before leaving because the wind really is strong and can push you around at Paso Viento and Paso Huemel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;'''December 9 to 11, 2025/ 3 days/ Hiking/ Clockwise/ RR/ Greg Carter'''&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A challenging hike with truly spectacular views of Viedma Glacier in the middle section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attraction: 5/5&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulty: 4/5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Direction&lt;br /&gt;
Initially my preferred direction was anti-clockwise (the direction recommended by the parks service), but I arrived too late at the access control point (they open at 7am). When asked to pay 90,000 ARS for a 3 day pass I politely declined and started walking clockwise (no control point in that direction). At the end I walked past the same control point at 3pm (it was open) and was not questioned. In the end I preferred going clockwise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively tedious walk in along the main road, then a dirt road, then along a fence line, but eventually you are rewarded with better views, especially once you can see the mouth of Viedma Glacier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I forded where indicated, downstream of the zipline at Ford {40}(44.2/253). Be very careful: I’m 182cm and the water came up almost to my hips - I couldn’t see the bottom and it was fairly fast flowing. I had a few nervous moments and was relieved to get across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I found a nice sheltered camp at -49.48236, -72.95872, at Camp Bahia de Hornos, at the eastern end of the Bahia (Bay) de los Témpanos. There are plenty of other good camp spots in this location. Anecdotally I heard that the official camps (eg Camp Bahia de los Témpanos) suffer from human excrement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2&lt;br /&gt;
I started the day following the easy coastal ridge line around the Bahia de los Témpanos, to Camp Bahia de los Témpanos, at the western end of the bay. From the ridge line you have wonderful views of the mouth of Viedma Glacier and icebergs in the bay. If you hike the RR you will be in the valley behind the coastal ridge with no views. I suggest that this ridge line become an optional route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial section of the hike up to Paso Huemel is steep and scrambly in places, with some fixed ropes for assistance. Everyone I spoke to disliked descending because of steep loose dirt and rock. I’m glad I ascended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Paso de Huemel was super windy, but with sublime views of Viedma Glacier. The views leading up to and from the Paso del Viento are divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of stopping at Camp Paso del Viento, I hiked all the way to Camp Rio Tunel (hard long day), to avoid forecast gusting winds of up to 120km/h on Paso del Viento the next day. As it was the wind was gusting well over 60km/h on the Paso del Viento, which made hiking difficult (a few times I had to brace and not move until the gust subsided). There was also a strong headwind leading up to the Paso del Viento.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camp Rio Tunel consists of 3-4 small and large rock shelters, which provide protection from direct wind, but are still exposed to strong turbulence. I had an uncomfortable night during which I discovered that I need more long tent pegs!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Day 3&lt;br /&gt;
The cross-country hike along  the moraine of the Rio Túnel Inferior Glacier was slow and challenging, with various potential paths and cairns to follow. It only got easy once I  found a way to ascend the hill to the south of Rio Túnel Inferior Glacier. From there it’s straightforward to get to the zip line or to the Ford (40) [18.2+0.3, 664]. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Again, be very careful fording: it had been raining all night, and the water came up to my crotch - I couldn’t see the bottom and it was fairly fast flowing, but not as fast as the ford on day 1. Again I was relieved to get across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hike is straightforward after the ford, and somewhat monotonous in places. There is an emergency shelter at Camp Toro.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall&lt;br /&gt;
I recommend carrying gear to use the ziplines if you are not confident fording, and especially if it has been raining. I was happy going clockwise, to avoid the control point, and the steep descent. For me the main factor against going clockwise is the strong headwind leading up to the Paso del Viento, but this is not decisive if the wind is not too strong. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;'''2025-11-18 to 2025-11-19 / 1.5 days / hiking / SOBO (counter clockwise) / RR / Ohad &amp;amp; Bailey'''&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another Beautiful section. Very attractive, not very challenging except for the decent from Huemul Pass&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fees:&lt;br /&gt;
none, we passed the checkpoint before 7am therefor we did not pay the 45000$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camps:&lt;br /&gt;
Camp {40} [41.3+0.2/286] - very protected with many shielded spots. Beautiful cove with icebergs floating in the lake. Stream runs through, would filter as there are cows present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fords:&lt;br /&gt;
We decieded against renting gear, we forded on the waypoints where the river forks, they were at most thigh high (im 185cm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trail Conditions/Challenges:&lt;br /&gt;
On the way to Paso del Viento the trail was wet and frozen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CC part before the pass could be dangerous if a person walks above you and toppels rocks. No big deal just spread out if moving as a party.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We encountered wide snow patches coming up to Paso del Viento, if passing early in the morning may require microspikes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wind can be relentles, the forcast showed winds up to 120kmph at Paso del Viento, we waited before the climb for the wind to die down. Crossed in ~60kmph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail on the western side is very wet. The Refuge, Camp {40} [27.9/925], is completley flodded.&lt;br /&gt;
The descent from Huemul Pass is not pleasant to say the least. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attractivness: 5/5&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulty: 4/5 (only for Huemul)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''2025-MAR-23 to 2025-MAR-25 / 2 days / Hiking / Clockwise / RR / Ivan, Jakub, Daniel'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A beautiful, challenging, and heavily trafficked section that follows the famous Huemul Circuit. The breathtaking views of Glaciar Viedma are deeply imprinted in our minds. We chose to go clockwise, which is the opposite direction of most hikers and against the official recommendation of the national park authorities. However, we found several advantages to this approach:&lt;br /&gt;
	1.	Gradual ascent for most of the route, and where the trail is very steep, you go uphill instead of downhill.&lt;br /&gt;
	2.	The approach to Huemul Pass {40} [38.5/1028] (Huemul) is simply breathtaking from this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
	3.	You don’t pass the entrance gate at the park information center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If hiking clockwise, the main challenge is hiking against the wind between 24.0 - 38.5 km. Another major difficulty is river crossings. There are two challenging crossings:&lt;br /&gt;
	•	[18.9/676] (Tyrolean Traverse)&lt;br /&gt;
	•	[54.0/285] (Tyrolean Traverse)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both crossings have ziplines, which allow you to cross with dry feet if you bring or rent the necessary climbing harness. Since we didn’t rent any special gear, we had to ford the rivers.&lt;br /&gt;
	•	[54.0/285] can be safely forded at Ford {40} [54.1+0.4/259], but we missed this option and ended up wading directly below the zipline—it was quite wild (waist-deep, I’m 178 cm tall). We highly recommend taking the small detour to the marked ford in the track files, where the river splits, making the crossing much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
	•	[18.9/676] has a gorge below the zipline, but the river can be easily forded (knee-deep) above it or even more safely below it at Ford {40} [18.2+0.3/664].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fees:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since we hiked clockwise, we did not pass the park entrance gate. On our last day, we walked past the ticket checkpoint/gate at 7 p.m., but there was no one there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bivouacking:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camping is only allowed at the officially designated campsites:&lt;br /&gt;
	1.	[16.6/745] (Camp Toro)&lt;br /&gt;
	2.	[21.2/860] (Rio Tunel)&lt;br /&gt;
	3.	[27.9/925] (Paso del Viento, Attention: Mice!)&lt;br /&gt;
	4.	[41.3+0.2/286] (Camp Bahía de los Témpanos)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Water:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not an issue—streams and rivers are encountered frequently along the route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resupply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Chaltén is a super tourist trap—very expensive, with limited selection, but resupply is possible. We bought food for 2.5 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We used a combination of:&lt;br /&gt;
	•	Lo des Lourdes Supermarket (-49.3254052, -72.8916425)&lt;br /&gt;
	•	Supermercado Chaltén (-49.3307613, -72.8857952) → in our opinion, the best stocked option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gas cartriges are sold in almost every outdoor shop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2025-Feb-25 to 2025-Feb-27/ 3/ Hiking/ Counterclockwise/ Timothée and Maëlle '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started at the begininng of a great weather window, therfore the trail was really crowdy, especially during the first half day.&lt;br /&gt;
We slept at campo lago Toro superior (5 stars, with great view on Cerro Grande a bit wind sheltered) and and at Bahia de los Tempanos ( probably a few mice).&lt;br /&gt;
Overalle a great hike with amazing and changing view. It definitly worths it despite the crowd. Better to do it counterclockwise ( Last day easier but more borring). Even though a lot of people hike this trail, there are a few technical parts ( walking on the glacier or scree before camp 81, steep ascent and descente of Passo del Viento, very steep descente of Passo Huemul)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented harnesses for the zipline but it does not worth it (15 000$ a day) : long waiting at zipline and it is fordable by foot if you are experienced: first river under the knee, second river slightly above the knee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since automn 2024, the entrance in the park is charged 45000$ a day ( free if you pass before 7am) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' 2025-MAR-13 &amp;gt; 15 / 2,5 jours / Randonnée / SOBO / RR &amp;gt; Laguna de los Esquies &amp;gt; RR &amp;gt; sentier balisé &amp;gt; RR &amp;gt; sentier balisé / Pierre-Marie ​​'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etape : GPT40&lt;br /&gt;
| Meteo : soleil&lt;br /&gt;
| Eau : facile&lt;br /&gt;
| Neige : non&lt;br /&gt;
| Intérêt : 5/5&lt;br /&gt;
| Difficulté : 4/5&lt;br /&gt;
| Danger : péages, descente dangereuse&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Je suis passé au péage au point (-49.3387142, -72.885454) à 8h. Il y avait donc du monde et j'ai dû payer 45 000 ARS. Evidemment il n'y a eu aucun contrôle lors de la randonnée. J'ai été stupide. Le sentier est populaire mais ce n'est vraiment pas l'autoroute. J'ai dû croiser 20 personnes en tout de El Chaltén au paso del viento, alors que j'en avais croisé des centaines sur le sentier du lago de los Tres. L'eau est facile à trouver, les fords simple et les zones humide facile à franchir sans  mouiller ses chaussures. J'ai campé à la Laguna de los Esquies (-49.3824358, -73.1505322) pour éviter le camp officiel avec ses touristes et ses rongeurs. La nuit a été calme et pratiquement sans vent, sauf 30 secondes à 2h du matin où une rafale venue de nulle part a failli casser ma tente. Le refuge du km 27,9 n'a aucun endroit prevu pour dormir. Et il n'y a pas de toilettes ce qui pose problème sur le sentier : il y a parfois du papier et quand il n'y a pas de vent ça sent mauvais dans les zones boisées. Vers le km 40 la descente est extremement dangereuse. Je pense qu'il faudrait mettre un point alerte sur la trace GPS. J'étais seul alors j'ai pris mon temps, mais s'il y a beaucoup de monde qui monte et qui descend c'est vraiment dangereux. Pas de ford au km 44,2, il n'y avait même pas d'eau. J'ai suivi le sentier principal et non le RR du point (-49.4677546, -72.9293579) au point (-49.4330632, -72.8879393). Je pense que ça devrait être le RR d'ailleurs et l'autre piste en CC une option. Idem après le parking km 56,5, un très bon sentier de trail va à El Chaltén. Le ford au km 54 sous la tyrolienne se fait bien, il faut bien choisir son passage. Dans mon cas je suis remonté 30m en amont et suis descendu en diagonale vers l'autre rive au pied de la tyrolienne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''25Fev2025 - 27fev2025   /   hiking counter clockwise  /   RR   /   3 days   /  Lilian and Clara'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of the trail very busy in early morning. So much people going on this good weather window. &lt;br /&gt;
No park ranger along the trail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We didn't rent harnesses and were happy with that choice. &lt;br /&gt;
First ford was up to knee easy (close to the waypoint Ford).&lt;br /&gt;
Second ford was harder : up to crotch for me (1.57m) and fast flowing but manageable. We forded it a bit upper to the zipline. There were easier options downstream where the river separate in branches but there are probably fences to go through to get there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camp at 21.2 : busy...Mices. &lt;br /&gt;
Camp 40 bahia de los tempranos is really beautiful but also crowded and mices.  Other solutions to camp a bit upper than the beach.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just before the paso huemul  we went to Mirador del condor here -49,49625, -73,01589. Trail visible on Gaia GPS, more CC, crazy wind but nice view on the glaciar !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2025-Feb-25 to 2025-Feb-27 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO (Anti-Clockwise) / RR / Sean &amp;amp; Neele'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pretty straight forward tourist route so not much to add. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We bumped into Clara again after meeting on section 12!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ticket booth at -49.20305, -72.53093 (around 1.1km) was closed at 7am apparently it opens at 8. We used the tryolean at 18.9km but it wasn't necessary, easy to ford slightly upstream (after 2 days of rain). Camped at 21.2km not much wind protection and lots of people. Camp 41.3+0.2 good wind protection but there's mice and lots of toilet paper. We used tyrolean 54km although the river was probably crossable at the same point after 2 dry days, if not the river braids downstream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That's the end of the GPT for us, thanks to everyone who's been updating the wiki and happy hiking!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''2025-Feb-06 to 2025-Feb-09 / 3.5 days Hiking / counterclockwise/ RR / MiaimZelt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: I had planned to go without a Harness to cross Rio Tunel on foot. But the day before i met a german, who told he talked to someone who hiked the Huemul and according to that Crossing Nr. 1 wasn't doable without harness. Two other people told, the rangers said Nr. 1 goes up to the hips and is too difficult. I couldn't get first hand informations and the Infocenter was already closed. Spontaneously i rented a harness (10k/day is the normal price) and started at 11am. The weather forcast was mixed: two days of sun and two days of rain/snow. That's why i chosed to do it in 4 instead of 3 days. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first day was very easy, i only struggled with the heavy backpack (+1kg harness). Camped roughly 1.5km before Camping Toro, because i'm afraid of mice. It was easy to find a sheltered spot in the forest on that very windy day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Soon i reached Laguna Túnel o Toro and the first Zipline. I was upset with myself because i fell for the fearmongering! 100m upstream the river looked easily fordable - i guess max. knee deep. Where it reaches the lake it even looked easier with low current. Up to the hips - what a lie! Don't understand why people were not able to ford the river. Either they don't know how to cross a river or they meant another one... The crossing with the zipline wasn't easy because i had to pull myself slightly uphill. Struggled to unhook myself and my backpack and fortunately got help from two brits. I think when you're alone and don't have strong arms, it's easier to cross the river on foot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I chosed to walk above the glacier not on it. The ranger said it's possible, but it didn't look save with the crevasses. The ascent was strenous, but easy. The views of the southern patagonian icefield was incredible! No wind at Paso del Viento. The descent was also easy, there it started snowing. Reached Camp Paso del Viento at 1:30pm and pitched my tent. Snowed even more, the world around me went white. It didn't stop until 11pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: 15cm of snow, but the sky was blue. Was relieved when i found out the trail is still visible. Even  had footprints in front of me. Enjoyed hiking in the snow and got amazing views. Way up to Paso Huemul was a bit steep, but overall easy. The descent was indeed very difficult. The upper part was ok: steep through forest with solid soil, the middle part had some helpful ropes installed, the worst part came below: extremely steep with loose soil and nothing to hold on. No ropes here. The rest was easy. Passed Bahia Tempános and Bahia Hornos. Stayed on this OSM Camp: -49.475284, -72.943223. Perfect protection from West (very windy afternoon), flat space for at least 4 tents, a primitive bench and a nice view at the lake. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Nice and easy trails the whole day. Followed the official Trek. Fortunately it didn't rain. Small 1p campsite with good protection here: -49.431947, -72.887512. 2nd Zipline also was not really easy, needed to pull myself after the first half and struggled to open one carabiner. I think the ziplining is better done in a group. The river didn't look fordable near the zipline, but where it branches in 3 parts it looked good to ford. You can see this area from the trail above. So i think it's not necessary to bring a harness. Reached El Chaltén at 2pm.&lt;br /&gt;
In my opinion there are cases where it's good to have it: when you want to keep your feet dry; when you like the idea of ziplining; maybe in early season when it rained a lot and for people who have no experience with rivercrossings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''24-12-2024 to 26-12-2024/ 3 days / RR counterclockwise / wiiim'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camped by Laguna Torre &amp;amp; carried on with GPT40 early morning. It’s an undeniably beautiful loop but I couldn’t help feel a little old &amp;amp; grumpy at times between the trail poop, Bluetooth speakers and groups heading straight up a clearly open crevassed glacier (without gear). I passed both river crossings on foot, the first one upstream from the cable where it splits in two, about knee height. The second crossing has more water but arguably you have a lot more options to choose from, I crossed about 100m downstream where it’s at its widest before branching out into channels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''13-11-2024 to 16-11-2024/ 3.5 days / NOBO / RR / Sophie and Gaspar'''l&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We continued our adventure with the Cerro Huemul or Viedma Glacier Circuit, hiking clockwise (the usual route is counterclockwise). The trail is well-marked throughout, presenting no navigation difficulties. There are two crossings of the Río Túnel, which can be done via zipline if you have a harness. We chose to ford the river on foot both times. However, at its farthest point, crossing at the same spot as the zipline can be risky. During the snowmelt season, it may be impossible to cross without equipment for the zipline, so renting the necessary gear is highly recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another minor challenge is the ascent or descent (depending on your direction) of Cerro Huemul. It can be quite slippery in wet conditions, but fixed ropes are installed to ensure safety. You can camp comfortably near the Paso del Viento shelter, but watch out for mice! Paso del Viento itself does not present major technical difficulties, aside from the strong winds, as the name suggests. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The circuit offers spectacular views of the Viedma Glacier, the Southern Patagonian Ice Field, and the upper and lower Túnel Glaciers—truly unforgettable scenery!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-28 to 2024-Mar-2 / 4 days / Hiking / Counter Clockwise / RR / Andrew'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful trail. Not too much to add from what others have mentioned, the route is well marked. Views of the southern patagonia icefield are absolutely stunning. We decided to push a bit further and camp at Bahia Hornos, but I would have stayed at Bahia de Los tempanos if I did it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-24 to 2024-Feb-26 / 2.5d / Hiking / Counter Clock / RR and new terrain / Tom'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perfect conditions! No clouds, no wind&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: &lt;br /&gt;
Crossed rio tunnel almost dry behind the laguna (trail on OSM). Hiked on Glaciar Tunel inferior. It's not that safe as others stated. Following others footstep an think it's safe says a lot of your alpine experience. Walk on the glaciar only if you know what you are doing (I'm a mountain guide and knew enough strong hikers that ended as dead bodies).&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware of the land slide between the glaciar inferior and the biwak. I told the park auhtorities to close that trail and use the GPT version. It's a matter of time and the trail slides away!&lt;br /&gt;
No wind on paso viento and a stunning view to the icefield. Not a cloud on a azur sky. I pitched my tent at the small laguna behind laguna Ferrari but before laguna los Esquies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Installed a rope on the Huemul downhill and stayed at Bahia  Hornos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: I started before sunrise and was by intention first at the tyrolienne. Bully on the other side, so I just hooked my steel carabiner and pulled myself along the cable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I liked the hike, but hated the littering, I mean &amp;quot;shittering&amp;quot; around the official camps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Apr-08 to 2024-Apr-10 / 3 days / Hiking / counterclockwise / RR / Joscha'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: RR [0.0-21.2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good trail. Only the last 2 km was hiking on loose scree and took some time. Camp Rio Tunnel at km 21.2 has only spots for about three tents. The wind protection isn't as good as at camp Toro (16.6). The river at km 18.9 was a easy ford (knee high) about 50-100 meter up stream of the zip-line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: RR [21.2-45.1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paso de viento (km 24.0) was very icy on top and on the way down. I managed without spikes, but they would have been helpfull. The pass at km 38.5 was snow free. The trail down after the pass is very steep. Would be very hard if snowy or muddy. Camped at -49.475284, -72.943223.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: RR [45.1-64.9]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The RR branches off the official Huemul Track at km 46.7. The RR runs a little higher and therefore offers maybe a bit better views. But the official Huemul Track would be the faster option. Rio Tunel was easily fordable (knee high) just under the zipline at km 54.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Mar-24 to 2024-Mar-26 / 3 days / Hiking / anticlockwise / RR / Juliet and Martin'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 el chalten - Rio Tunel camp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The park rangers were closed for strike action. We weren't able to register online either (bad internet connection). We left around 9am. Several people and a group on the first part, but we lost them on our way around the glacier. Magnificent walk between forests, viewpoints and lakes. We arrived for lunch at laguna o toro. Possible bivouac spot with emergency shelter if needed. It's a beautiful spot, but we didn't feel like pitching our tent there. So we decided to head for the Rio Tunel campside. Passing the zipline, in fact the river is probably passable on foot a little above. We recommend that you look at tutorials on how to use the equipment, which we hadn't done, and the rental company gave us bad advice. Fortunately, there was an experienced hiker who helped us. &lt;br /&gt;
The passage along and on the glacier is complicated. We lost the trail and took a long time to make headway. There are lots of slippery spots (ice), so you have to be careful. Once we'd found our way back, we were able to reach the camp. It's well sheltered from the weather with a few spots (in fact only 3). The place is very windy, so I'd recommend getting there early if it's busy to get a sheltered spot. Magnificent view of the glacier. &lt;br /&gt;
There are mice, and we saw several in the evening, but we weren't bothered during the night. Difficult to find a place to hang the food so we kept it with us in the tent enclosed and in the middle of the two of us and not at the ends. That's how it was. &lt;br /&gt;
Several water spots along the way all day (several rivers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 Rio Tunel camp - Bahia de los tempanosb camp (-49,47994,-7298601)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Passage of the paso del viento, which was indeed very windy, but passable. The path is still passable as used. Easy to follow. Magnificent panoramic view of the glacier at the top. You can see that some people have already pitched their tents at the pass, but I wouldn't recommend it because of the strong wind.  Beautiful descent to the refuge. Very good, in good condition. Lots of possibilities for pitching tents around the stone walls. Very nice place to sleep. We continued on. Passage over Col Huelmul easier than the previous one. Very windy too, but the wind was in our favor and helped us make our way up. The descent is very complicated indeed, and quite dangerous. Take your time, especially if it's been raining. It takes time. Fortunately, there are ropes to hold on to. We reach the camp just before dark. It's very crowded, but we find a place to pitch our tent. The view of the lake, icebergs and glacier is magnificent. However, we were bothered by mice all night. We had hung our food from the trees, but despite this, they came up to the tent (between the 2 canvas sheets) time and time again. AVOID! It's crowded, there's garbage, mice, a rotting cow carcass...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 Camp Bahia de los tempanos (-49,47994,-7298601) - el chalten &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last day of hiking. Very beautiful in the hills, views over the lake. We loved it. Cross country in the hills, very nice to do even if we had to pass a few muddy spots and lost the trail a few times. Once back on the official trail, no more worries. The zipline was easier than on the first day. We didn't have to wait very long, surely 2 people ahead of us. End of the day with an easy trail to el chalten. The last few kilometers are on the road, not very pleasant and uninteresting, but it's not very long. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section is definitely beautiful and diverse. Mice are a real problem on this section. They seem to be present at all the bivouac spots. They're not shy and don't hesitate to come along even if you scare them. If we had to do it all over again, we'd use rat repellents, because hanging up the food doesn't seem to be enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''24-Mar-05 to 2024-Mar-07 / 48 hours / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Tomáš'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I did not like El Chaltén and the weather seemed better than later in the week so I immediatelly followed to GPT40. Starting at 17:00, I stopped 3 km from the first official camping Torro, which is normally 16 km far, in three hours of walking. I registered online and did not talk to any parkguards - not sure if they would not try to turn me back this late if they saw me. Fearing mice and being asocial, I did not want to reach the camp. The trail is very clear and easy. At least in this section, there are many places to camp - many trees provide shelter from wind. It was not that windy anyway, just on the final descent to the valley. Met lots of people coming back from Pliegue Tumbado mirador and nobody after the junction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next morning surprised me (the only reliable forecast seems to be for heavy rain or cloudless day, anything in between seems to be a hit or miss) by blue sky, so I got awesome views going up the pass. There was a queue at the zipline so I forded 50 m upstream - it was barely below my knees. Met ten people altogether that day. Walked on glacier, as the official PDF recomends. It is not slippery with the rocks. It is fun, there are footsteps to follow going on and off the glacier. I assume it is safe. There is also a trail going in parallel on the rocks (all circuit is trail BTW, not partly CC like GPX suggests). Indeed only between the glaciers there is a few tentspots as indicated by OSM (unofficial? - but nobody probably cares). By the time I got to the first pass, clouds obscured Fitz Roy and the mountains across the icefield, which was still breathtaking. The pass had both quite windy spots and windless spots and some flats, so in good weather might be ok for camping, but hard to say. Traversing to the second pass, you actually mostly go through a valley partly (?) formed by ancient morraines, so most of the time, the icefield is hidden. I think there are places for pitching a tent, though not really between water at 35 and the second pass - anyway, the place around refugio is the most shletered. There used to be a campsite right after the second pass, but the PDF says you should not use it. Going further down is indeed very steep. There are now handy ropes attached to trees at places. The trail is badly eroded and slippery, would be indeed annoying when muddy. Darkness fell on me there and I still did not bother with a headlamp, but this is indeed the most demanding part of the whole trail. It is demanding also for GPT standards (the rest of the circuit is easy). Once you get down, it is flat and you can camp in many places, which I did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day there were about 15 people, three of which went clockwise, so it is done even if the Park does not like it (it normally seem to have no presence on the trail itself). This time I waited the queue for the zipline to actually try using it. I think the river was fordable there. It was definitely fordable 200-300 metres downstream (there is a diversion), where it widens and branches in the delta. The rest of the trail was uneventful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is indeed a nice end to the GPT. I did not expect to finish the Main route (minus 23-31) this year, so yay! The El Viento shop (49.3229571S, 72.8940188W) is on the other side of the town (2 km) to the Park office and charged me for three days even though I finished the circuit in 48 hours - it was 5-6 USD per day. In retrospect, I would not bother with the harness. I met a guy who went without because he could not rent one - I was given the last one they had available and it was too big for me by far. Should the second river prove unfordable, people would probably borrow you theirs, it seems one set is usually carried per group and passed over using the thin rope - at least on the second crossing, the thin rope is there permanently so I am not sure what would the thin rope be for anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I still hated El Chalten (too many tourists, really bad 4g internet [apparently everybody in town shares one connection, unless I was wrongly informed] - if you stay overnight, usually in such situations it starts working well some time after midnight when everybody sleeps -, really pricy produce and very mediocre meal in one of the restaurants; Villa O'Higgins has a much nicer feel), so I hopped on a bus (3h) to El Calafate at 18h for about 22 USD. It goes also in the morning and around noon. There is also a 130 USD 28h (I think) bus to Bariloche at 14:00 and at 21:00. From El Calafate, there are connections to Ushuaia (this one not sure), Puerto Natales and Punta Arenas (at 3 AM and change in the middle about 40 USD, a bit cheaper if you have cash) and Buenos Aires. I don't have my ticket back yet and flying directly from El Calafate would be very expensive, prices from Punta Arenas were the cheapest. Bye!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-16 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Charlie Gardner'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What an outstanding hike. This is definitely such an incredible way to either begin/end the main route of the GPT. We did it in the classic 4 days which was fairly chill. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 - &lt;br /&gt;
Pretty straightforward day. Hike starts with a nice climb that takes you eventually into the surrounding forests. Great views of Lago Viedma from the top and a nice lunch spot. We started very late in the day and the sun was BEATING, could recommend and earlier start to avoid this. Don’t forget to check in with rangers before leaving! Quick form you have to fill out. Hang your food at Toro campsite, we saw a few mice running around. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 - &lt;br /&gt;
Winds were crazy in the valley when we woke up. Many hikers were considering bailing on the hike due to worries of what Paso del viento would hold but the they calmed down around 930-10 and most pushed on. There’s an alternative route across the rivers that funnel into Laguna Tunel o Toro that we thought we’d check out as a few kairns led that way but they were far too strong to cross when we went that way. Ended up having a route find a bit and scramble up an alternative route after this lake, definitely recommend staying as close to route as possible here. Trail opens up again after you make it over. Tyrolean was short, didn’t look like anyone tried to ford the river here but it was definitely doable. Get to tyrolean early if you want to avoid waiting. The glacier route required a bit of route finding as well at points but isn’t anything crazy. Boulders and rocks can be loose at times though. Maybe we got lucky but paso del viento was quiet when we got to the top. Outstanding views! Short walk to camp after the descent from Viento. 8 of us slept in the shelter at paso del viento Camp as winds picked up considerably overnight. Was definitely glad for the protection but there were definitely mice scurrying around. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 - &lt;br /&gt;
Definitely recommend an earlyish start this day. The climb up to paso Huemul is not as hard as paso del viento but the decent afterwards is just ridiculous. If you have bad knees, it’s more of a controlled fall on some sections. Gravel is extremely loose and it is VERY steep. Thankfully, there are a fair amount of the roots and trees to grab hold up but this was definitely an annoying decent especially at the end of the Day 3. Many tried Bahia de Los témpanos camp but we decided to push on to Bahia de Hornos. An hour later, everyone else showed up at this camp as they said the other one did not have sufficient shelter from wind and was fairly dusty. Hornos ended up being lovely after winds calmed down and sound got lower. Would probably filter water here if possible, lots of cows nearby and water is fairly foggy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4 - &lt;br /&gt;
Final day was straightforward but definitely longer than expected. Would definitely recommend leaving early to be first at the tyrolean again. Be careful with the safety rope, ours broke halfway while pulling bags across and we had to send a person across without the pulley. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enjoy, this hike rocks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb- 05 to 2024-Feb-08/ 4 days/hiking/SOBO/40/RR/Paulina'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolutely beautiful section! Very various&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 I left very late ( 4 pm) because the wind was extremely strong earlier, but it is an easy day, about 9 I was at the camping Lago Toro. The way was most of the time well marked, after the rain the meadows can be very wet I think. Once you are in the valley of Lago Toro, there are some easy river crossing. The campground is well protected from the wind, the water is nearby. To grab a better spot for tent, don't come too late, when I was there, the camping was almost full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 For me it was the most beautiful day, in a good weather , the views on the glaciers are amasing. So yes, it's really worth to wait fot a good weather for this day ( and the next one too). This day you will need also to consult sometimes the trails on GPS. At the end of the lake, there are some cairns, don't follow them, just follow the trail on gps which goes up. A lot of people missed up there and instead to follow na easy and safe trail, they climbed unecessary some rocks. The tiroliene didn't seems.difficult, The only think is that when we were there, the thin rope was not attached to the tyroliene and it was not easy to pull the tiroliene at the beginning. So, take a thin rope to attach the tirolien because the one which was there was all missed up. It's ok if you have one hardness for a group, it's easy to send it back. As all the people from the camping left around the same hour, to avaoil the linę to the tiroliene, we just crossed the river a bit farther, the level was not too high. Later, a nice path will take you to the glacier and you will not see anymore the trail ( only cairns sometimes). If you follow GPS trail, it should be ok. At the glacier, just walk on the eadge of the glacier at first, and later on rocks which are close from the glacier. There is also an upper trail, some people followed this one but were complaining that it was hard ( a lot of ...stones.). One you are at the end of the glacier, go up, there are several trails, but all of them are ok. The views from the pass area are just amasing, so yes, wsit for the good weather because it would be a pity not to see all these glaciers. The trail to the rodugio is easy to follow, mostly descent. At the camping there are about 5 spots with stonewall protection. It's a windy area, so it's better to grab a good spot. Also, there is place for about 8 person in the rodugio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 Another beautiful day. Well marked all the time, most of the time easy way. The ascent to the pass is short and rather pleasent. Very, very windy at the end of the ascend ( even if it was not a windy day), so I can't imagine how windy it is with a worse weather. About ,30 min from the pass, a steep ascend starts. When it's wet, can be difficult. So also, better to have good, dry day for this descent. I would recommand to camp at Bahia Tempanos, well wind protected and beautiful views on icebergs, and a Perfect spot for sunrise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4 Rather easy day. The landscape changes a lot comparing to previous days, but it's still very beautiful, especially views on Lago de Vuelta. The tiroliene is very easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Jan-15 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR  / Tom Pieper'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not much to add. As the others mentioned a must do! When I started, there were indeed not that many people as weather forecast was not that good for the 'classic' 4 day itinerary. I was fine doing it in 3 days. The bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior only has space for 3 tents. You find additional protected spots 5 minutes beyond at the lake. If you fear glacial lake outburst flood (GLOF) there are also some elevated spots there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Jan-06 to 2024-Jan-08 / 2.5 days / Hiking / anticlockwise / RR / Stiina &amp;amp; Kris'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started around noon on day 1 and hiked to the bivouack after Glaciar Rio Tunel Inferior at km (km 21.2). We walked acrosse the glacier to avoid the moraine, no crampons needed. The bivouack was extremely windy at night but still a bit protected, lots of big rocks to help with staking the tent down. There are also a few rock walls built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 2 we hiked over Paso Viento (which was very windy indeed; we also had rain, hail and snow) and down the other side. Once we got lower down we got out of the cloud and the weather was very pleasant. We didn't have much of the view over the glacier to the North but saw the end that descended towards Lago Viedma. The Paso Huemul was also extremely windy but at least it was sunny. The descent through the forest after the pass is really steep, with loose gravel/sand and lots of tree roots - be extremely careful here! The official campsites at the bay and peninsula were full so we continued until km45.2 where there is a nice windprotected campsite shown on OSM. Ford at 44.2 is completely dried out, but at 45.5 the stream is flowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On day 3 we hiked back into El Chalten by lunch, it was a very windy day. When we reached the tyrolean at km54 (which is waymarked as a bridge for some reason?)  there were about 15 people in the line so we decided to ford the river about 30m upstream. We went 3 people in a line formation, the first person had water up to the waist, the last just below hips. At km62, where you need to climb below a fence just before joining the road, pay attention to the small holes in the sandy banks: those are armadillo burrows, you might see one if lucky!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''From 2023-12-26 to 2023-12-28 //3 days // Hiking // NOBO // Anticlockwise // Quentin Clavel'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if there's lot of people (around 15/20 departure per days at this time of the season), this section is in my opinion absolutely amazing ! The view on the icefield is outstanding ! I mostly followed the track, except on day two, where I continue to explore the surrounding of the Laguna de Los Esquies. Happy to be totally alone there, in front of this outstanding view. Hypnotic ! (It's almost the same that you can see at paso del viento, but closer to the icefield, and more chance to be by yourself here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to rent harnais in El Chaltén and pass threw two zip lines. That was very fun !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had a looooot of wind at paso del viento and paso del huemul. Reminds me tierra del fuego ! Could be very surprising as it's unpredictable squalls and so powerful ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The downhill after paso del huemul Is not funny as it's very slippery. Just have to take the time to be even more careful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Views along the whole trek are absolutely stunning ! A must do ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-11-21 to 2023-11-26 / 5 days / RR / SOBO / anticlockwise / Anh'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT40 is no longer remote, there are 20 hikers on the trail every day.&lt;br /&gt;
The trail is not marked, but not difficult to follow. No real river crossing necessary, there was always aid available. Snowfields are easy to cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: a little muddy, but easy to walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Tyrolean Traverse is no fun as you have to pull yourself uphill. Alternative is an easy river crossing (knee deep, 10:00 AM good weather). 1km after that you can walk between RR or on the glacier (see presentation link at the end of this page). On the glacier trail you come back directly on the mountain of the same height. After the Paso del Viento (700m uphill in 6km, windy &amp;amp; cold) I leave GPT40 and walk to Campamento Laguna de Los Esquies to get a bit closer to the glacier. The path is difficult to find as there are many snowfields (without footprints) in between. But I am alone at the glacier lake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: Mostly with CC back to GPT40 to Paso del Viento Camp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Shortly after windy Passo Huemul is time consuming downhill (500Hm in 1km). The trail is very slippery (in sunny weather) &amp;amp; there is hardly any grip for the next step, take time for this part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: very easy trail &amp;amp; Tyrolean Traverse is really fun (downhill zipline). Alternative river crossing is not easy (strong, 12:00 AM good weather).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-12-01 to 2023-12-04 / 4 days / Hiking / RR counterclockwise/ Fangwen &amp;amp; Tobi'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section. We did the recommended 4 day itinerary (together with about 20 other hikers). A few points to add to the existing comments here: first, there was a lot of really wet grasslands, especially on day 1 (at least when we did it, early December). Accept your fate and live with wet feet (and bring extra socks if you can). Second, the four day itinerary makes use of the best-sheltered campsites. Other campsites may offer less protection. Note that even if the Park Rangers say conditions are good, you might encounter very strong winds in many areas. Third, if you want to extend the (somewhat short) days a bit, you can hike to the viewpoint Loma del Pliegue on day 1, on the ridge just above the campsite on day 2 (nice to watch the sunset), and to the aptly named mirador del cóndor next to Huemul pass on day 3. On day 3, it's best not to arrive too late to the very scenic Bahia de los Témpanos camp, since space is limited. Lastly, the descent from the huemul pass on day 3 is indeed a bit tricky, especially if you were to go in wet conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One warning regarding water at the campsites: despite the park information claiming that the water is potable, we would recommend taking some care to get clean drinking water. On day 1, there is an excellent little stream 400m past the campsite. On day 2, take water from a little side stream ~600m before the campsite. The lack of the toilet means that the water from the river flowing into the lake is likely not safe to consume. Similarly on day 3, it is highly recommended to fill up plenty of water at the little waterfall at the end of the steep downhill section before going into camp. The lack of a toilet means that the water there is also unsafe to drink. Furthermore, next to the campsite is a carcass of a recently deceased cow. If the first three days gave you the impression that there is plenty of clean drinking water available during the day, be aware that this is not true of day 4. There is only one good looking stream, roughly at km52, and all the water will require treatment (we saw another three cow carcasses nearby the trail on day 4). Don't worry too much about this, if you plan ahead and think a bit about where to get the water, then it's no issue at all. Enjoy this excellent adventure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Apr-08 to 2023-Apr-11 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a wonderful section ! One of our favorite ! Incredible views on the glaciers, with autumn's colors it was amazing !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended by the guardaparques to have good weather on day 2 and 3 (for the passes), no cloud and no wind for us : perfect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented 1 harness for the 2 zip lines (day 2 and 4). 1 harness per group is sufficient but you have to rent a thin rope too in case the one in the pulley is broken. It is really worth it because the feeling is so good ! (We rented at Viento Oeste, north of San Martin street, the cheapest according to a friend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thin rope is very helpful to suspend all your bags and things in camps. You have to do it because mice are at every camp and the will destroy your bag, your tent or whatever has food inside. This is the only annoying point of this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the trail : easy to follow, except when you have to walk on the glacier on day 2, it can be a bit challenging. Take care, do not go if there is fresh snow all over the glacier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way down the paso Huemul on day 3 is very steep too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Mar-30 to 2023-Apr-01 / 3 days / El Chaltén counter clockwise / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did the Huemul Circuit in 3 days. We started around 9 a.m. planning to camp at the Biwak Túnel the first night. The weather turned out to be so nice that we decided to continue and do the Paso del Viento the first day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail until the first Tyrolean traverse was really good even though it was partially covered in snow. We crossed the river easily by foot.&lt;br /&gt;
After that the trail up to the pass gets more demanding and slower. Once you reach the Glaciar Túnel Inferior navigation gets more difficult. There are different paths and we firstly followed one going up and down on the gravel. It's probably easier to take the path on the glacier from the beginning on. We reached the pass at sunset and had an absolutely amazing view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We decided to camp at the end of Laguna Ferrari (to avoid the mice problem at the main campsites). The path to the lake was demanding, because the slope was covered with lot of snow and it was dark. At the campsite there are lots of well protected spots for tents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we slept pretty long to recover from the previous big day and with better weather than anticipated we walked until km 39.3.&lt;br /&gt;
There are two really good camping spots, one at the edge of the trees and one inside the small forest. No mice there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steep trail down wasn't super easy and must be hard during rain. The second river crossing at km 54 was much more demanding. We crossed it further east of the Tyrolean, where the river divides in multiple branches. There the water went below Annas hips (1,63m). We walked to the viewpoint at km 62.4. Lots of people watched the sunset there with a great view of Fitz Roy and it was easy to get a ride for the last 2 km to El Chaltén.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Mar-10 to 2023-Mar-13 / 4 days / RR / SOBO / El Chaltén anticlockwise / Ondrej '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had the luxury of being able to wait for a good weather window and it really payed out. My hike was easy with magnificent views when climbing up to Paso del Viento. I even had a tranquil lunch at the top. The glacier walk and the snowy peaks are stunning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, I believe gpt40 can turn into hell in windy weather or if camping outside the wind-sheltered camps. I met several people in El Chaltén who had to turn back because the wind didn’t let them climb up to the pass. One couple also had their tent teared apart in the middle of the night at Bahía de Hornos. If you can, avoid camping there for the last night. Instead, camp at Bahía de Tempános which offers far better wind protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed the recommended 4 day length. Each day section took me around 5-6 hours of walking. I believe that especially Day 1 and 2 could be  combined into one (El Chaltén - Refugio del Viento) if the weather is favourable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mice seem to be present at all of the official camps - best is to hang your food, cooking utensils and hygienne stuff on a tree away from your tent and avoid eating in your tent. I did that and had no problems with the animals, while some of my companions got holes bitten into their tents and other stuff. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I rented harness and carabiniers for the tyrollean traverse at Viento Oeste. The traverse was fun to use and I was happy that I didn’t need to ford the cold rivers. Recommended!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Mar-06 to 2023-Mar-07 / 2 days / Laguna Toro out and back / Will'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a tough one, I didn't make it. I waited out a few rainy days in town until the park office told me we had a good two day window. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I spent the first night at Laguna Toro. Be careful of mice there. Quite a bit of rain and snow, but still too warm for the snow to stay on the ground. The next day we (25 or so tourists) set out to attempt the pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I crossed the river on foot right by the zip line, the water was below my knees at noon. Painfully cold though. I climbed up until I got a view of the first glacier at which point the wind was too strong for me to trust my footing. I went back to the first camp planning to wait and try again the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just after setting up the wind tore down a big green tree branch, which crushed and ripped my tent. Thankfully I wasn't inside. Walked back to El Chaltén in defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess that's the end of my GPT hike. It's been amazing, other than the miserable weather down here in the south!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Feb-21 to 2023-Feb-24 / 4 days / GPT40 RR counter clockwise / Véronica &amp;amp; Zach'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Centro de Visitantes - Laguna Toro - Paso del Viento - Paso Huemul - Bahía de los Témpanos - Centro de Visitantes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked the Huemul Circuit in 4 days as recommended by the Park officials. You could do it in less, but it is so beautiful and it was nice not to rush and to take it all in. The park staff also informed us of the expected weather conditions. You only really need favourable weather on the 2d and 3d day, going over the two passes. It was extremely windy when we went, knocking me off my feet at times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoyed having my microspikes for the crossing of Glaciar Túnel, allowing me to explore a bit further up on the ice, but they are not necessary. From the top of Paso Del Viento, the view of the Southern Patagonian Icefield is awe-inspiring, but there are no good sheltered spots at or near the top to pause and admire the view for very long before the descent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Paso del Viento Camp (second night) is the most exposed of the camps, the tent sites are semi-protected by low rock walls, and some are better than others. The trail is easy to follow and is well-marked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We rented harnesses and cord for the Tyrolean traverses from the gear shop Viento Oeste, at 1,400 pesos per person per day. The cord was 250 extra pesos per day. It was fairly straightforward to figure out how the cable crossings worked. The first crossing of Río Túnel on day 2 seemed fordable, but not the second one on day 4. That Tyrolean traverse also did not have a rope to pull the pulley back, so we were glad to have one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the link to register for the trek online: docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Unknown / Helen and Craig'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big forest fire around the 3rd bay near iceberg bay. Circuit was closed for a bit. Unsure on how well it's recovering. Have a chat with the rangers before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Jan-08 / Alexis, Iris'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same as below, follow the trail when it differs from the trace. &lt;br /&gt;
Beware that on Day 2, the Paso del Viento can be very windy and you should check the weather forecast before leaving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Jan-04 to 2023-Jan-07 / 4 days / Helen and Craig (plus 8 trail friends!) Gabby, James, Hannah, Jess, Julia, Jacob, Caro and Ali.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trail was very easy to find.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wind guru was for us completely unreliable. Very strong winds to the point of blowing us off path for minutes at a time whilst predictions were minimal forecast. Heed advice from rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First river crossing was impassable. Worth bringing harnesses for zipline (worth it for the fun)&lt;br /&gt;
The far far end of el chalten there's a shop called vende oste where we found good rates of hiring harnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it's windy on the 3rd day pitch up in the iceberg bay bivi site rather than the second site. We stopped earlier than the rest of the gang due to being a bit tired. We had very peaceful night in strong winds where friends at the next site a hellish night. Iceberg bay was also my number one campsite of all GPT40-30! Watching icebergs flip to the sunset after a long dusty day of slipping sliding and being gusted off the path by winds on the mornings pass. This place is a true refuge for the soul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ferry not running so not many options to hitchhike back to chalten for last part of last day. The liberal use of gaiters on trainers also recommend. Lots of spiky grass seeds and burrs on last days&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very much worth the wait for a weather window. Incredibly diverse veiws. The glacier walk was a one of kind! Veiws of the ice field kinder the feeling of being about a small at a ant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-15 / 3 days / RR anticlockwise / Frank'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch video of the hike @ national park office. Bring a harness &amp;amp; learn how to do a Tyrolean traverse before you go (the NP video is useful for this)  Where the trail differs from the track file it's easier to follow the trail which is generally good &amp;amp; clear. You are required to register online for the trek (link given by Veronica &amp;amp; Zach) &amp;amp; sign out at the national park office when you are finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The river above Laguna Toro was waist deep &amp;amp; v fast, it nearly knocked me over. Not recommended to cross in the afternoon. In the early morning it may be only knee deep. Bring the harness anyway &amp;amp; learn how to use it, you may need it. On the glacier stay near the edge, people tend to go too far out. At the far side you should see footprints &amp;amp; cairns leading to the moraine. Camped @ small high camp just after exiting the moraine (Vivac Tunel) There are a few stone corrals there. Lined the tent with rocks - pegs alone will pop. Good &amp;amp; sheltered camping @ Laguna Toro &amp;amp; after Paso del Viento @ Refuge but I went from Vivac Tunel over Pasos Viento &amp;amp; Huemul in 1 long day.  Only a little snow @ Paso del Viento &amp;amp; easy to cross. Very windy on Paso Huemul in the afternoon.  Steep &amp;amp; loose descent, slow going but I saw 2 huemul. Amazing views of the Icecap between the two passes. Campsite @ Iceberg Bay one of the best on GPT. You can watch the bergs that calve off the icefield breaking up. At lower Rio Tunel we forded 300M downstream from the cable where the river is braided into channels. OK to cross @ noon, knee deep &amp;amp; fast but you need to pick a good spot. Definitely not fordable @ the cable where it runs deep in a single channel. Challenging hike but incredible views of the Icecap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Feb-02 / 2 days / Tom and Maddie'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 days anticlockwise. Trail is easy to follow. Talk to the rangers and they can let you know about any issues. Would be tough in bad weather but in clear weather there are no issues. For the glacier walk we were told to enter the glacier just after the beginning and to exit just after the end. I suspect due to the increased popularity a new route has been made in sections so follow the trail markers which divert from the GPX route. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hired harnesses in El Chalten for the river crossings. We crossed the first on foot in the morning and had no issues. The second one we crossed using the equipment for the novelty but the river looked fine to cross further down. However I can see the river being hard to cross in high levels of rain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was a very beautiful section and very different to the northern sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Jan-12 / 4 days / Oreste Marquis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did the trek counterclockwise wich is the only way to do it rangers say. You need to register to do this trek and guardaparques vive great advises. I crossed the rivers by foot and they were pretty hard, I recommand using the zipline. Awesome views with good weather, but the wind is really annoying! The campgrounds rangers told me to camp weren’t the ones on the trackfiles, but are pretty close to them so they are not hard to find. Great experience !!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the wind forecast! The hills are so steep, strong wind could be dangerous! There’s no snow anymore and you will not need crampons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec / 3 days / Matthieu '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did it in December with good weather, in 3 days ( instead of the 4 recommended, 2 first days in one big day). Awesome trekk and views. It is better to register first at the guardaparques office. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trekk easy to follow excepted on the walk on the glaciar before the paso del viento (a little one, not the Viedma). During this walk, I would not advise to try to walk by the wall of mud and rocks at the left of the glaciar, it is a steepy way and everything slips, we tried it and went on the ice after. The little walk on the ice just near didn´t feel unsafe to me, with the little rocks it doesn't really slip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good camping sites, well protected from the weather conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last downhill after the paso de Huemul is the most dangerous part, very steepy but with trees to hang for help. I would advise to do this part with good weather conditions, with mud it could be dangerous. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the rivercrossings (2 real ones) there is one way walking and one way with tyrolean on a zip Line. We did it with with the tyrolean, and it was extremly funny. Rental of material possible in El chalten. Of course you have to know how to insure yourself good, so inform yourself before going, it is not hard to understand though, but extremely dangerous if not done well. None of us had experience with it before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-18 / Arnaud et Adriane'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After we have taken the information at the national parc office, we only had 2 days of correct weather. So we decided not to walk the entire section but to go only to the paso del viento to get the view on the campo de hielo (glaciar viedma), following the advises of the guardaparques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it is the highlight of the section but not sure since I have never walked it entirely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first day we also took the time to walk to the summit of the cerro loma del pliegue tumbado (1500m of height). It offers an amazing view on the fitz roy and on the cerro torre, the 2 rockstars of El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the second day we went to el Paso del Viento. The view there on the campo de hielo is absolutely fascinating. The hike is very tough but is absolutely worth the effort.  You walk on a glaciar during 2kms but no equipment or particular skill is needed. It was very very very windy (and happily it was a quiet day I do not imagine on other day).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 : El Chalten-cerro loma del pliegue tumbado-laguna torro : 27km with big elevation gain (around 1700m)&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 : laguna toro - paso del viento - laguna toro : 18km.&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 : back to El Chalten : 17km.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I definitely recomand to follow the guardaparques advises and pay a huge attention to the weather. On this section with a bad weather and a strong wind I think it is dangerous to try to walk it entirely. And if it is cloudy, you will miss amazing views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The riverford after the laguna toro was easy on the way to the paso del viento (on the morning) but very dangerous on the way back (on the afternoon with all the gletchers melting I think). The worst we've done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
If you intend to get back after the paso del viento I advise to get equipment to be able to use the zip line that has been settled by the guardaparques. It us much more secured than crossing the river on the afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Nov-6 / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe /7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equipment for Zip Line to cross rivers is not required anymore since this season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the season the rivers are possible to cross on foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paso Viedma had a decent amount of snow on it (Snow Line at 1000m), the ascent is straightforward but the descent on the side facing the ice field can be really iced over and difficult without crampons (ask at Visitor Center of the NP for current conditions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Nov-4 / 4 days / regular hiking route / counter-clockwise / Lea Geibel, Kevin Moe '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful hike in good weather! Great views of the ice sheet and mountains from Paso Del Viento. Highly recommend waiting for clear weather so you don't miss the scenery! We went up right after a big storm. The trail was a bit muddy up to the Laguna Torro, and the lee of the pass had a decent amount of snow. The windward side was pretty icy and more difficult than the snow. The next day we took a detour and cut cross country to walk on the Campo De Hielo Sur. Our route took a bit of steep scrambling to get down to it and back up around Paso De Huemul, and there were lots of open crevasses on the ice, so it would be good to have some experience and navigation skills if you want to do the same. Dropping down Paso Huemul on the trail was steep and a knee killer, and from Lago Viedma we had a hard time staying on the right trail amidst all the cow path, but aside from a few spiky bushes it's easy to cut cross country. Unnecessary to use the zip lines this year to cross the rivers. You have to camp only in the designated campsites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2018/19==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2017/18==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Route description by Kara Davis after Season 2017/18'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes to consider before beginning: GPT40 is more popularly known as the Huemul Circuit, a 57-kilometer trek in El Parque Nacional Los Glaciares. Before embarking, the national park guard requires that every hiker obtain a permit, bring required safety gear, and watch a slideshow about the circuit. The safety gear consists of a harness, 2 carabiners (one steel and one aluminum), slings, and 35 m of rope. Most of this gear can be rented at any outfitter in town, but due to liability reasons, the outfitters won’t rent rope. We went to the local ferretería to purchase this. All of this gear is used for two river crossings on zip lines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We were told that the rangers required hikers to bring their safety gear to the station before a permit would be issued. I would recommend that anyone who wants to do this circuit go to the rangers station the day before to watch the video and get any other necessary information about weather, conditions, etc. Since rentals can get expensive, renting the same day you leave and then going to the rangers station to show them your safety gear and get a permit seems to be the best course of action. The guard station is located on the south side of the Río Fitz Roy just across the bridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most people hike the circuit clockwise (as the slideshow recommends). The trail begins just behind the rangers station and ascends up gentle grassy hills. It is fairly flat and well maintained. After passing Laguna Túnel o Tore, the trail deviates from the GPS route and loops to the first crossing of the Río Túnel on a zip line. During low water, it is possible to cross this river on foot by following the GPS track. After crossing the river, the trail climbs steeply to just above Glaciar Río Túnel Inferior. Along the south side of the glacier, the trail becomes hard to follow as it disappears in loose moraine. Walking on the edge of the glacier may be easier than trying to pick your way across the steep slope but be careful doing this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the glacier, follow maintained switchbacks up the side of the mountain towards Paso del Viento, the high point of the circuit. For the next 20 km, expect amazing views of Glacier Viedma. I cannot speak to the quality of the trail descending from the pass because of the blanketing snowpack that was present during our trek, but the sections where the snow did melt looked maintained. There is a small refugio, Refugio Paso del Viento located at a pond about 3.5 km from Paso Viento. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After passing the refugio, the trail contours and then climbs to Paso Huemul. Make sure to look back and enjoy the last view of Glacier Viedma. The descent is very steep and at one point there is even a rope to downclimb. There are also plenty of woody bushes (manzanita?) to cling to as you lower yourself down the trail. After completing the descent, the trail is straightforward and easygoing. There is camping on the beach at the peninsula, Camping Bahía de Hornos. There is one more river crossing with a zip line at the lower Río Túnel, and from there it is easy walking to the end!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
2023: There is a bus every evening at 8PM from El Chalten to Los Antiguos, arriving at about 7AM. The bus continues to Esquel, El Bolson &amp;amp; Bariloche. From Los Antiguos you can go by local taxi or hitch to the border &amp;amp; Chile Chico (there is no longer a bus across the border) There is also a bus once a day from Los Antiguos to El Chalten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
It’s possible to hike alone, you just have to make registration online before and after:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Registration|https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfP8lEz5ry97gEK6fzx2mlu1NAhPwBx8cRlnSZOH8mx8iUMHA/viewform]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Arthur, Rémi, Noé &amp;amp; Louis&lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to register online with the guardaparques (and to check out when you return !).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT40 - Glaciar Viedma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 / Anh&lt;br /&gt;
InReach from ranger: pls ask the ranger the current phone number and email for inReach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You don’t have to watch video in ranger station anymore, they have new presentation:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Presentation |https://drive.google.com/file/u/0/d/1U_Wp46EDCLM_yFlSgXdfyxZYnMFHTLlN/view?pli=1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AriGPT</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=Greater_Patagonian_Trail_track_files&amp;diff=124425</id>
		<title>Greater Patagonian Trail track files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=Greater_Patagonian_Trail_track_files&amp;diff=124425"/>
				<updated>2025-10-31T00:02:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AriGPT: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[category:Greater Patagonian Trail]] The track files of the [[Greater Patagonian Trail]] are provided on personal request by [[user:Jandudeck|the author]] free of charge but not unconditionally. Read in the Hiker's Manual chapter '''1.15 Terms and Conditions for Using the Hiker's Manual and the Trail Files''' to review these conditions and to understand why these conditions were put in place. GPT Hikers's Manual: http://bit.ly/GPTmanual ==Create an account in Wikiexplora (compulsory)== [[File:create account wikiexplora.png|frame|Six (very standard) steps to create an account in Wikiexplora]] To request the files you must first [http://wikiexplora.com/index.php? title=Special:Enter&amp;amp;type=signup create a Wikiexplora account]. It really takes less than a minute. The form is in Spanish, but it's very standard and simple: #User name #Password #Confirm password #Email. Not mandatory but highly recommended to give us the chance to reach you. Wikiexplora has sent only '''one''' non personal email in 13 years. #Real name (optional) #On the final line type '''wikiexplora''', all in lower case ==List of requests== &amp;lt;!-- To unlock the GPT Track Files 2025 you will need the following two Unlock Codes: Track File Unlock Code 8: 367661 and the Track File Unlock Code 9: 201644 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*'''AriGPT''' Hello! I'm Ari, and I'm hoping to hike a few sections of the GPT over the course of roughly a month from mid-December 2025 until January 2026. I was in Patagonia about 4 years ago, and I was absolutely impressed by its beauty. I'm really excited to hopefully go back and I think the GPT would be an incredible opportunity to do so and see new places and appreciate the beauty of Patagonia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Henrik G''' Hi Jan and the extended GPT community. I'm Henrik, from Norway, and I'm planning to spend a month hiking parts of the GPT early spring 2026. I learned about the GPT from a man I sailed with back in 2020, who was a long distance hiker (and also a captain on a sailing boat). We sailed together in Greenland where I especially appreciated the remoteness, the proper wilderness and the fact that your are self dependent and need to plan properly. I would like to request receiving the GPT track-files so I can start the detailed planning process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Amy G''' Hi Jan. I was lucky enough to be invited to trek with a member that I met in Chile in 2024. We will start in January 2026 until the season is over. While he does the packraft sections, I will trek solo and meet up later. The more I read the Hiker's Manual, the more exited I am becoming, because I agree wholehartedly with the phylosophy. I would appreciate recieving the GPT files so I can plan and coordinate routes with my friend. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lucie V''' Hi Jan and everyone, I’m Lucie from the Czech Republic. After four years, I’m coming back to Patagonia — a place that really became my second home for a while. I love nature and mountains and would like to experience some of the best parts of Chilean wilderness, while hiking and connecting with local people along the way. I plan to hike selected GPT sections from January to April 2026, heading southbound. I’ll be hiking solo but would be more than happy to meet and maybe join other hikers for parts of the journey.I’d be very grateful to receive the GPT files to be able to plan all the details. Thanks a lot to Jan and all the contributors for the amazing work on mapping and sharing this trail network!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mor A.''' Hello everyone who might come across this :) My name is Mor, I have just graduated from my Masters in university and now it is my time to take my exploration to a new continent. After wondering through Europe and Israel I would like to do the same this season in South America. I have heard about the GPT from a freind in the Israeli Ultralight community and have fell in love. The idea of wondering through less accessed land with the opportunity of interacting with native communities off the beaten path of Patagonia makes me excited. I am currently looking at the section around GPT06 or further down south around El Chalten. With no clear plan I am looking for the GPX and KMZ files to better plan routes. Reading the user manual was such a relief that so much accurate and to the point information exist and now the files will be the final piece to my plans :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Antoine B''' Hi, I'm Antoine from France. I just started a sabbatical, leaving space exploration for some time to explore Earth, spending more time in nature and mountains. For many years I have longed for travelling to Chile/Argentina, to discover its wild nature and culture (and finally practise my Spanish!). I read about the GPT earlier this year and it feels like an exciting balance between remote trekking, hiking/packrafting mix and an open adventure where encounters, weather, rivers and time hold surprises. I'm still planning but so far the idea is to reach Santiago by late November 2025, go SOBO and spend ~4 months on various sections of the trail: probably hiking sections between 05-22 and packrafting within 17-31. I will be happy to connect with other hikers on the way, and would be very grateful to receive the track files for planning. Thanks for your huge work Jan!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Julia&amp;amp;Oliver''' Julia is working on a charity project in Mendoza atm. When this finishes we'll hike for a few weeks. We'll start somewhere at Puerto Montt/Bariloche and hike NOBO. Where Julia is more the kind of &amp;quot;Duracell bunny&amp;quot;, I am looking more for really remote places where is no information at all available about the track. Discovering a handbook with 1300+ pages was kinda shock to me. 😅 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Elisa B''' Hello everyone, my name is Elisa and I'm from Switzerland. I'm planning to hike the GPT between December and January. Why the GPT? I discovered this trail through a book by a French explorer. As I read through the pages, it became clear that Patagonia would be my next destination and I'll be tackling part of the GPT, as I've always wanted to walk long distances. I enjoy wild and authentic landscapes, contact with the local population, and having to fend for myself. Since I have little time to explore the region, I'm planning to spend about 2 months hiking the section between GPT20 and GPT40. Heading north. I'd be very grateful to receive the GPS files. Thanks a lot for your job on the GPT! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Pierrick G''' Hi Juan. 10/2025. I am currently exploring the South American continent with no fixed return date and a strong wish to immerse myself in the local culture. My motivation for hiking the Greater Patagonian Trail is to step off the beaten track and lose myself in nature, seeking an authentic, humble, and challenging way of life. I hope to leave no trace along my journey, connecting deeply with the environment where I am only a simple guest and a temporary visitor. For me, the trail is not only about adventure but also about respect, discovery, and becoming part of a wild and beautiful land, even if only for a while.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Edwin.     Hi Jan. I hope to be flying to Punta Arenas the 10th of november and intend to cherry pick some gpt sections. Hope to get a bit more done than just gpt12 and half a gpt33h two years ago! Of course I would be very happy to receive the latest gpt files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Alma''' Hi Jan. I hiked three months on the GPT in 2017/18. An amazing experience! Since that time I am longing to explore other regions of Chile whilst on the GPT. I would really appreciate receiving the new track files in preparation for another three months on the GPT starting this mid-November. Thanks for all your research and for sharing your knowledge on thru-hiking (and packrafting) in Chile! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Sandro''' Hi Jan. I am a pretty experienced bikepacker, and I usually create my own routes, but since I don't have that much experience doing this for thru-hiking, and there is already such an exhaustive and well-researched amount of information available, it would be silly not to acquire your files and start from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nicolas''' Hello everyone, my name is Nicolas, I’m a young engineer from France. Between January and March I plan to travel on the GPT, most likely combining hiking and packrafting along parts of the GPT. To better prepare my trip, I would like to request access to the track files. Thank you very much to Jan and all contributors for the amazing work on this project, it’s really inspiring to see such a resource shared with the community!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''mts1010''' Hello. I´m planning to do a part of the GPT from January to April. Is it possible to get the track files? That would be helpful. Thank you for your continued work on this project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Michaela''' Hi everyone, my name is Michaela and I am from Austria. At the end of November 2025, I will start the GPT from Santiago and hike southbound. I will see how far I can get, as I have time until mid-March 2026. I am really looking forward to it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I'''guai''' Hello Jan, contributors, and all. Looking to be back in Chile for my first time in almost 20 years starting in January 2026. Excited to hike perhaps 500 km of the GPT over the course of a couple months. Thanks! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''LauraAndaGPT''' Hola Jan, I am currently figuring out which parts of the GPT I would like to hike (2025/26). It would be great to have acess to the track files for planning. Such great recourses to explore the Region, thank you very much in advance for all the considerations you made while publishing these informations! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Massa''' Hi Jan, thanks to you and anyone contributing for maintaining and sharing the information (not only the track files). Me and my wife are going to be in Chile two months starting in early in december and returning late in the january 26. We are looking forward to hike some of the sections of the GPT. Thank you, Jan, also for the help with setting up the wiki account. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''djunksss''' Hola Jan! This is Julia from Brazil! Last December I went to Cochamo to hike in the region and loved it very much! Now I'm planning on going back to Patagonia, this time to Torres del Avellanos region to again do some hiking and exploring, but this time with plans to do some wild camping. A good friend of mine told me of the wiki and the GPT track files, and I'm sure they would be of the greatest help moving around! Thanks in advance for all the trouble in keeping this awesome site in the air.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Álvaro''' Hi Jan! I´m planning to do a part of the GPT with my son the next summer, probably a couple of weeks in January. Is it possible to get the track files? It would be a great help to have them. Thanks in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mochi''' Hi Jan! First of all, thanks to you and everybody else who's put so much work into the Greater Patagonian Trail - I'm amazed by your generosity! I would like to hike/packraft parts of the GPT this upcoming season, together with my partner. For more in-depth planning it'd be great to have the track files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Quentin.FR''' Hello, I plan to travel across Patagonia from january to april 2026, and I would love to take part of some GPT track in order to hike as much as possible. Therefore, I would like to request a GPS track to plan it. I will be alone during my trip. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Pierrick M.''' Hello to the GPT community, thank you for the work done on this project. I would like to hike part of the GPT starting from Santiago in November 2025. Therefore, I would like to request a GPS track to plan my route according to the recommendations in the guidebook. Hope to see you soon on the GPT!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Castade''' Hi Jan, I’m planning to start hiking the GPT from Santiago (GPT01) without a fixed end point, just seeing how far I will go as the journey unfolds. I would really appreciate access to the GPS files so that I will be able to look further into the routes and have them for when I start the the trail. Thanks so much for all the work you've done—it’s truly an incredible resource!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Daniel S.''' Hello everyone! Thank you Jan,, for continuing the project! After completing some of the packrafting sections in the 23/24 season, I will be returning to the GPT in November '25 to repeat some sections and probably try a few different ones as well. See you out there! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Roy Kisluk''' Hi Jan, I plan on hiking the GPT starting with GPT69 in October and heading North. I will be hiking solo. I appreciate all that you put into this project. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nimrod Ashkenazy''' Hi, I'm planing to mostly solo hike (I have friends who will join for some sections) in November 25. I first heard about this trail while thru-hiking the TA in New Zealand. Thanks for the great work!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Denis Rosa''' Hello everybody, I heard about GPT from Slovakian couple which hiked almost 3000km, after gathering more information and as I have been going through hikers manual this is something we would like to be part of at least a bit. Possible attempt would be with my best friend most likely in the season 2026 November until 2027 March. Only hiking. Not sure yet which parts exactly but we would have few months for that we would like to plan more from track file. And I have to add that really appreciate all the work which Jan did, thank you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Glacier Kane''' Hi Jan, first of all can't help but smile when I read your document, the hidden codes, the obligatory communal contributions, as a fellow Engineer I appreciate your creativity and effort here :] anyways I'm planning a 3-4 month hike through the GPT in the next 6-12 months and would love the track files! Not 100% sure what section I'll do yet but the files sure would help me plan it, thank you sir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''El Perezoso 91 (Sebastian)''' Hi together, my girlfriend and I hiked part 36H last year, and we would like to to the complete section 32 to 40 from September to January 2026/27. Many thanks @Jan for the GPT compilation, it's an incredible work you've done!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trix&amp;amp;Tinu''' Hello everyone, we already hiked GPT 21 to GPT 1 in 2018/2019. Now we want to hike further stages in the south (without a packraft). We'll be in Chile from December to February. @Jan: Thanks for your work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''JesseCaro''' Hi Jan, ever since our last visit in Patagonia in 2016 we’ve been dreaming of coming back. In previous years we’ve been hiking trails in Europe and the US. Searching for new experiences we came across your project. We would very much like to hike the GPT next summer (from December 2025) and use your Track files. Thank you very much!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Oelk'''* Hi Jan, A few months ago while planning an open-ended ticket trip to the Americas came across the GPT Hikers' Manual and fell in love, I depart in a month to NA and I plan to arrive at Santiago early October and to hike the Northern Bulk (and continue south if budget and weather allows). Already practicing my Spanish and preparing for the journey physically and logistically. Your passion for this region and this route is contagious! Would love to get access to the Track files, thank you and hope to hear from you soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Anso'''* Hi Jan, I am reading about the GPT since years waiting for the right timing for me to come. It finally cames. I took 4 months off between December 2025 and  March 2026 to go solo-hiking between Coyhaique and Ushuaia. My goal is not necessarily to connect footsteps between those two locations but rather to take the time to explore the area and enjoy the suprises on the way. Thank you very much  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Teebi'''* Hi Jan, I've been traveling the last 9 weeks through south of Chile/Argentina and did a lot of the well known trails. While preparing for Villarica Traverse I found Wikiexplora and the GPT. Now I also really want to do the GPT06 and I think it will be one of my highlights just before time in Chile ends. Many thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minutetravel'''* hello Jan, my name is jacques this year I discovered northern Chile and fell in love with this country. I would now like to explore Chilean Patagonia. I thank you for the incredible work you have done in mapping all the trails in this region. Thank you for accepting me on this list so I can access the files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Greg''' Hi Jan, I'm very keen to explore parts of Greater Patagonia, particularly GPT 6-12 from January 2026. I would be very grateful for the track files to be able to achieve this. Many thanks for creating this amazing trail network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*”Joppe” Hi Jan. I’ve been interested in the GPT since years and have finally got a chance to go to Chile for a month or maybe more. Would love to contribute to this project. I’d love to be granted access to the files. Thank you for your amazing work on this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;AthenaJones&amp;quot; Hi Jan. Hoping to solo hike the trail from the beginning of october to the end of january. My goal is not to complete the trail but to explore it until the time runs out. I will need the track files to achieve this. Thankyou for all the information you have provided, its inspiring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Asimo&amp;quot; Hi Jan. I'm currently solo traveling in Patagonia by bike with a packraft for 2 months and for the next 2 months. I learned about the GPT on the way and I'm interresting on several sections. Particularly for packrafting a portion of Río Baker, hiking around Torre de Avallano y glaciar O'Higgins, but also comparing options for hiking and discover more deeply Patagonia between Coyhaique and Puerto Natales.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Schmittenk''' Hi Jan. I'm living in southern Chile and have walked short sections that overlap with the route network. I'd like to look into hiking longer sections within the next couple of years. I'd appreciate being able to access the track files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''UnChamoisEgaré'''* Hi Jan. I already had the chance to walk a part of the GPT 3 years ago alone (Adrien Kunzli) and this time I would like to do it with my 2 brothers for two months. We are preparing a little late but we have all the equipment and are in Valparaiso and we would like to start as soon as possible. I hope this is possible, thank you very much! Let me know :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Diego Raffaeli'''* Hi Jan. I've been reviewing the GPT Hikers manual in order to planning a trail from Lago Puelo (Arg) to Cochamó (Chi). I would really appreciate if you can share the tracking files with me. Thanks in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Sprocky.''' Hi Jan. I've been studying the GPT hikers manual for some years now with an eye on exploring as much of the route as possible over the next two summer seasons. Keen to be a part of the GPT community and give feedback. I would really appreciate the track files to help me continue with route planning this year. Many thanks for compiling such a detailed resource. Cheers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''SteveBehaeghel.''' Hi Jan en Meylin, thx for the recent update on the GPT files. We are currently in Pucon with our 3 kids (3ys, 6ys and 9ys). The upcoming 3 months we will continue to revisit or explore certain GPT sections on small adventures of maximum 5 days. We will trek parts of, and including optional routes, from GPT14-GPT16-GPT19-GPT21-GPT22-GPT30-GPT33-GPT35-GPT37. I will probably do some small uptdates on the FB group, but the wikiexplora pages I will update after our longer trip in the second half of 2025. Thx for all helpfull information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martin M.''' Hi Jan, I would like to explore some part of the GPT on foot, starting from GPT32. I only have a few weeks, so it will be just a small taste of what GPT is. Therefore having access to the track files would greatly help. Thanks a lot for all the effort you put into it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''7yson''' Hello, Jan.  Thanks for this incredible resource.  What an amazing effort that you and your community here have made.  Happy to be a part of it.  I'll be in the Esquel area in late Feb and am studying the main route for sections to hike in March, northbound likely. Thanks for considering me for access to the track files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Daniela Montecinos''' Hi Jan! I found GPT while searching for information on packraft routes in Patagonia. Your work is wonderful! I am interested in doing some of GPT's packraft routes and being able to contribute updated information on them. Thank you so much for your work and for sharing it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mochilaosabatico''' Hi Jan. Tks for all information about GPT. My husband and I have just finished GPT 6 (Descabezado Grande) and we want to hike sectors 7 and 8. I would appreciate receiving the tracklogs for GPTs 7 and 8. Tks a lot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Moonshine''' Hi Jan. I have been loving the in depth guide for the GPT. It has been an incredible resource for this upcoming trip. Thank you so much for all you have done. My friend and I are planning on spending a month in March hiking along this trail. We have yet to decide exactly where along GPT06-GPT22. We are hoping we love it so much that next year we will come back with some packrafting knowledge and do more for a longer period of time. We love being in the backcountry, and connecting with local communities. This truly appeals to us in every regard. Excited for this adventure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tom Venegas''' Thank you all for the fantastic work in gathering information and building this community! I’ve hiked in the Radal, Lircay, Antuco, Cochamó, and recently I’ve been exploring more of Aysén—specifically Cerro Castillo and Patagonia National Park. I’m really excited to check out Torres del Avellano and the Pioneros Road in Aysén next.  Looking forward to connecting with other hikers and sharing experiences to be part of this project!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Benoît''' Hi Jan, thank you for the incredible work you've done with the hiker's manual, it's an invaluable resource ! I started the GPT from Santiago in 2018 (sections 01 to 08), and I would like to continue from the Antuco Volcano and go south. Thanks again for all your work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''einat shvartz''' Hello. I'm einat, i'm 26, i'm arriving solo to patagonia this January (2025), for about 2-3 months. I wish to hike the GPT, or maybe just some sections of it. I am absolutly love being in untouched nature and also meeting authentic people from all around the world. Hiking some of the GPT sounds incredible. I'm experienced with medium-long hikes (several days to 1-2 weeks top), but 0 experience with packrafting. There for I wish, at this point, to do only sections that are duable by foot (probably the more northen parts of GPT). And probably not a lot of difficult parts, at least in the begining, to see how i adapt to this new land, and to the whole thru-hiking experience. I hope that the track files will help me build and plan my own customize trail, and that i will be blessed to expirience some of it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''jhfelner''' Hello.  I plan on hiking and maybe packrafting numerous sections of the GPT over the next few years starting with parts of GPT around Section 6 this year. Experienced with remote mountain terrain.   Would appreciate the track files for further planning.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tomek Z''' Hi, I´m from Poland. Right now on the one-year hitchhiking trip through South America. But part of my plan was always hiking some part of Andes. This idea of GPT really looks nice. I am a student mountain guide in Poland,and so far my bigest hike was from Zakopane to Budapest aprox. 350km, 16 days. Now I would love to try someting more challenging. I want to do a part from Trapa Trapa to Santaiago. I speak spanish quite well and curently I am working in a hostel in El Chalten. :) I plan to start a hike in the middle of February. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Matthias Keil''' Hi Jan, we are Kathrin and Matthias from Germany (40yrs/42yrs) and we are both passionate hikers and have already visited lots of countries and its mountains. Since we have a kind of sabbatical in 2025/2026 we are planning to spend around 4 to 5 months on the GPT. My wife is fluent in Spanish and we are both fascinated of exploring remote areas and getting in touch with the locals combined with challenging navigation in barely untouched regions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jordan Porter''' Hello. I plan to solo hike and packraft the Gpt starting December 2025 and hiking until April 2026. I spent three months backpacking and exploring Chile and Argentina last Jan-March so I have a decent idea of what to expect weather/transportation/etc. Your hikers guide has been a great resource so far! Looking forward to being in touch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ben McLuckie''' Hi Jan, along with my spouse, we want to spend 3 months hiking from PN Hornopirén north to Santiago starting in March. I am currently reading your 2024 Hikers Manual. For 3 months in 2019 we traveled from Dientes de Navarino to El Chaltén and for another 3 months in 2024 traveled from El Chaltén to Valdivia by mountain biking, trekking and connecting ferries. We are most definately &amp;quot;immersion hikers&amp;quot; and not mileage-focused thru-hikers (no judging here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Fernanda Rodriguez''' Hi Jan, I am visiting Chilean and Argentinian Patagonia for one month. I am interested in doing the GPT 37 to GPT 40. I've been all of 2024 reading your Hikers Manual. I feel so grateful for such a beautiful contribution you have made to this, my country :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Chloe Derrien''' Hi Jan, with my partner, we would like to go from Ushuaïa up to Peru using some GPT sections. We would like to start end of february. Thank you for the GPT hiking manual, it is a huge help and source of informations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''DavidVidal&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Hola, de a poco he ido haciendo trayectos de varios días por la cordillera, algunos de estos se unen también a ciertas secciones del GPT. Me interesa tener estos tracks para planificar mejor mis salidas. Agradecido de tu trabajo y prolijidad en esta ruta. Leí hace un tiempo el manual, acepto las condiciones claramente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jason''' Hi Jan.  I'm currently looking into hiking some sections of the GPT in 2025/2026 and would greatly appreciate the track files to aid in planning.  I've read the introduction and agree to the terms and conditions.  Thank you for all that you do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ben Ram''' Hi Jan, I am researching hiking sections of the GPT in the Chilean Lake District with my partner in late 2025 to early 2026. It would be really great to have access to your GPS Files for this. I have read the Terms and Conditions and agree to them. Cheers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ana''' Hi Jan, I’m looking into hiking sections of the GPT in late 2025 to early 2026. As part of my planning, I’d love to have a look at the GPS files to decide on sections. Thanks so much for all of the work you’ve put into this, the hikers manual is particularly useful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''EmilieV''' Hi Jan, I am planning to cross Chile from Antofagasta to Ushuaia by foot and bus and I would like to incorporate some of the GPT sections in my adventure. The sections in question are 6 to 12 SOBO and then skipping over some of the middle sections to hop back on it probably after section 32 to finish at 40. I am still figuring out if I want to add a section or two from the southern part of the GPT and would like to access to GPS files to finish my preparation. The hikers manuel and the unbounded documentary were so helpful not only regarding the &amp;quot;trail&amp;quot; but also understanding the different dynamics of the local population, so interesting!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''pointatadventure''' Hi Jan, a huge thank you to this wonderful community! I came across GPT after an extensive internet search. As an avid adventurer, I am planning a trip to Patagonia next year to hike and packraft. I have read and of course accepted the terms and conditions. It would be fantastic if you could provide the GPS files for my project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Steve Hawkins''' Hello Jan and thank you for considering me for the GPT track files.  I have read all terms and conditions, and I agree to comply.  I also agree to contribute to the community.  I am a &amp;quot;soon-to-be&amp;quot; retiree and have backpacked extensively in the United States. I would like to hike sections of the GPT over several years in 60–90-day increments beginning in Winter 2025-2026.  I am beginning the research process for the first section hike in Patagonia and would love the assistance of the track files.  Thank you for your consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Matias Federici.'''Hi Jan, I am going to do S14-15-16-17 next week, dont have much time for preparations because I was just noticed in my work that i have the vacations abiable, Been years reading About de GPT, this is the first time I have the money and time to try to do some, Im realy looking foward to this, thank you for the incredible job you started, best regards from argentina! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the format:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Michael G.''' Hi Jan, I am planning on hiking sections 1 to 22 NoBo of the GPT from early March 2025, beginning in El Chaltén. I would like to thank you for the selfless work you did on making the GPT what it is. I'd be grateful if you could provide the GPS files for my project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Al and Bee''' Hi Jan, we are planning on hiking parts of the GPT starting in early January 2025, probably beginning in El Chaltén and hiking north. Thank you for the incredible Hikers Manual on the GPT. The GPS files would be extremely helpful for our endeavor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Juergen''' Hi Jan,  My name is Jürgen Wolf. First of all, I want to thank you for the Greater Patagonia Trail project. I'm planning to some chapters in February, probably from stage 21 in northern direction. I'm currently in the process of studying the manual and creating a plan for myself, for which the GPS files would be helpful&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Pierre-Marie''' Hi Jan, I have been hiking since 27/11 from Santiago to El Chalten. Thank you for your work and efforts to keep this trail alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dustin''' Hi Jan, I am heading down to Patagonia this summer and planning to explore some of the packrafting sections.  I'm planning to start exploring out of Coyhaique in early January.  It is really wonderful that you are putting together a resource like this for an area you love.  Your passion really comes through in the guide.  Thank you so much for all that you do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Miguel''' Hi Jan, my name is Miguel Rodríguez Letelier, i live in Chile, love hiking and the mountains. I am planning to hike the GPT in the summer. Thank you for all the work and passion you put in this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Henri''' Hi Jan, let me first say how thrilled I am that the GPT guide exists and that there are all these incredible resources available for free all in the name of hiking! I am looking at the possibility of hiking a section of the GPT this coming February. I have my selection narrowed down to a few different sections but I am still a little indecisive. I will only have about a month to hike the sections of the GPT until I need to go home. I am hoping to get ahold of the Track Files so that I could better understand the scope of what I might be embarking. I've made myself a spread sheet showing every section of the trail from GPT 001 through GPT 040 where I include data and details to more easily narrow down my decision, and with this I feel that I am ready to get into the fine details of planning a relatively short hike on the GPT (3 weeks or a month).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Graham''' Hello Jan, My name is Graham Hall. I am very interested in hiking the GPT between December and February of 2025. I am beginning my planning process, and I would love your insight. I will say, this is somewhat new to me, not in the outdoor sense, but in perspective. I have worked as a backcountry guide leading canoe trips for several years, but thru-hiking is newer for me at least in the packing sense -although I have been doing some smaller trips. I am fluent in spanish and confident in my abilities in the backcountry, specifically in outfitting and planning so I am excited about getting my hands on the most up to date maps and trip notes to plan my route. I also am looking to plan some pit stops to try and attract my other guide friends to join me for sections, but I just need to get to planning. I also would just love to get some more advice. I will say, pack rafting sounds insanely cool (from my canoe experience) but I also know the dangers that come with solo water travel, especially in such windy conditions. I would love to discuss this further, if you have the time. Either way, I hope this gets to you, wikiexplora do me right! &lt;br /&gt;
I hope we speak soon,&lt;br /&gt;
Graham&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nono''' Hi Jan! I am planning to hike the GPT from Puerto Montt to Santiago. I'll be starting in February. I'm currently planning the hike and the guide is really fantastic. Congrats and thank you for putting together such useful information. I hope I can help contribute too. Best, Arno.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Timotheed''' Hi Jan, I am planning to hike on the GPT from El Chalten to Santiago with a friend. We'll start in February, and we ll make it to Santiago with some junctions by bus. I am currently trying to plan our trip and therefore I would like to use the GPT track files. Thank you so much for the amazing informations you provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''dmateria''' Hi Jan, I am planning to packraft the packraftable (GPT16+) out of the GPT from end of December onwards, thus I'd gladly make use of the existing tracks. Thanks for the amazing community you have helped building.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mishun''' Hi Jan, me and my wife Anna plan to hike on GPT as a part our trip to Chile in December. We aim to hike sections GPT 06 and GPT 07 but we keep our plans open to change depending on the current conditions. Thank you for all your effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'MiaimZelt&amp;quot;' Hi Jan, thank you a lot for sharing so much informations in the GPT Manual. My husband and i are currently in Chile and will be until April. We planned to do a lot of multi-day hikes off the beaten path, which are part of the GPT, without knowing about the GPT. Less than 2 weeks ago an other hiker advised me about the GPT. This way i found out we'll be section hikers on the GPT. Now i'm reading every day in the Manual and try to improve my planning as best as i can without the files. Since then i considered if i should add myself to the list, although i'm definately late. Decided to give it a try. The gpx-files would be a great help to find out about alternative routes of our planned treks and to understand all the log-entrys, which are related to the files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Elijah Fuller''' My friend Michael and I are experienced thruhikers who are looking to do something very different from our previous experiences; the GPT. We'll have approximately 2 months to complete the GPT in January and February 2025. We're currently route planning, with sections GPT05-22 or GPT32-47 being the two sections we're considering. It's time to jump on Google Earth! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*“Raphael Chevalier” Greetings and thank you for all the research and detailed information found in the Guide Manual. I have read chapter 1 and am further into getting info on that very intriguing trail. I have a GSP and would like to use the GPT gps coordinate to further research the sections I am planning to do starting January 2025. Once again thank you for the community and available information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Roman''' I already did parts of the GPT in the 23/24  Season and fell in love with it!:) So I want to continue where it stopped GPT82P / GPT 33. Looking forward fore some new explorations and the new stories to tell of the people I meet! :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''gornik''' Me and my grilfriend Gabi would like to hike once again on GPT. Last time we were here in 2023 and now we are planning to come back ready to experience GPT with all its beauty and challanges. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Peggy'''  Hi Jan, a lot of gratitude for you work and for charing it. It's a wonderful gift! I plan to start the gpt late december 2024 and walk until march or april wherever I get. Then I probably do the south part next year. For the momeent, I study the manual, analyse the route and my gear so I would be happy to have the gps files to go further in this preparation. Talk with you soon I hope and I am happy too to be a part of this community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mttmllr''' Hi Jan, I live in Biobio region Chile, and in the past few years have done some hikes in the Andes that have been on GPT routes. I'm interested in the track files to enable me to continue exploring (slowly, year by year, I don't plan on leaving Chile any time soon) the different segments of the GPT. Many thanks for all your work and dedication to this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''BeingGarrett''' Jan ... I am looking to start the GPT this year (2024) in Santiago, I have an unlimited timeline and acknowledge that the GPT can not be done in a single season, therefore I would like to directly view the GPS files to map a roughly 1000 mile section. Go far, not fast. Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Kare-Bare Blvd''' Hi Jan, my GF and I are super stoked to have found such a wealth of knowledge available for our planned adventure to Patagonia.  We have 2 months and are very much interested in the Packrafting portions between 17-39, plus all the side quests and hikes along the way.  We don't plan to complete all these sections in 2 months but we really think that the track files will help in our planning and prioritizing of sections so that we can get the most out of our adventure and to do it safely.  GPT 2026! B-K&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ClickClack''' Hi Jan, myself and a friend are planning on doing sections 1 through 40 from mid-November 2024 to March 2025. We hope to complete the whole thing and the track files would really help! Thank you for the incredible amount of effort you have put into this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Simonlusignan''' Hi Jan, I am planning my 1500km hike through some GPT sections. I am starting from El Chalten in January 2025 and will be doing sections 32 to 40 and 6 to 12. I would love access to the files to help me navigate through river crossings and certain tougher sections. Thank you very much for the incredible ressource!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tamar''''' hi! we were very excited to hear about this trail! and it's uniqueness!! we hope to hike through some sections along the trail starting from the north in December 2024 until the weather becomes cold. Would love to share photos taken along the way. thank you!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''''Thijmen''''' Hola Jan, I'm planning to Packraft part of the GPT for three months in January till March 2025. I would like to receive the track files in order to prepare. Thank you for all the effort in making this adventure possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''borruu''''' Hello Jan, thank you for sharing all the information about GPT. I am planning to hike a southern part of the GPT in February 2025, an access to the track files will be greatly appreciated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''wiiiim''''' Hola Juan, I'm very interested in exploring Patagonia further by hiking &amp;amp; packrafting sections of the GPT from December 2024. I'm still going through a lot of the information, but would love to get request access to the track files to plan more accurately. All the best, Wim&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Kevin4''''' Hello Juan, I am considering the GPT between Section 6 and 20 starting in December 2024. Thank you for your work and manual on the GPT. I would like to have access to the trace file to plan my route. I thank you, Kevin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Clara''''' Hey Jan ! I'm planning to hike some sections of the GPT between Decembre 2024 to March 2025. After reeding the amazing GPT hiker's manual, I would like to get access to the track files to continue planning the hike. Thank's for sharing all your work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Amazering''''' Hi Jan, first of all thanks for putting together all this info and documentation about the GPT, the pdf in particular has been an amazing read so far! We as a couple have been hiking for a few years and we identify ourselves very much in the slow pace, sharing centered and collaborative philosophy of the GPT, and plan on hiking on parts of the trail from end October 2024 through February 2025. Excited to be able to contribute back too!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''GLOBTUINA''''' Hey Jan, i'm planning to hike parts of the GPT into october 2024 and January 2025, i would like to get access to the track files to properly plan my trip before taking on such a great adventure. Thank you very much for creating and maintaining the GPT!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Volker''''' Hey Jan, I am planning to hike parts of the GPT starting in December 2024 and would like to get access to the track files you created. You completed a tremendous work to write the excellent manual and create the track files. Thank you very much for creating and maintaining the GPT - and for sharing all your knowledge and experience!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Farah &amp;amp; Jan''''' Hey Jan, we're planning to hike parts of the GPT in January and February 2025 and would love to get access to the track files to properly plan our trip before taking on such a great adventure. Thank you very much for creating and maintaining the GPT!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''leo_micklem''''' Hello, I'm Leo. I'm planning to Packraft some sections of the GPT with my brother as part of a wider South America trip. The Packraft portion of the trip will likely take place December 2024 into January 2025. We feel strongly that it is important to be properly prepared for a safe and enjoyable adventure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Allie''''' Hello, I'm Allie (or Aliénor). I'm planning to visit Patagonia from november 2024 to march 2025, and i would like to discover the region mostly on foot. Thank you for your extensive research and comprehensive guide. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''sigg''''' Hi Jan, I'm Chris and I was thinking about spending some time on the GPT as a solo traveller beginning mid January to beginning of March 25. Yet, as I want to plan thoroughly, I'd love to take a look into the gpx files in order to better understand the terrain to choose to legs I feel confident in mastering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''HugoT''''' Hi Jan, I'm Hugo and I'm planning to spend 3 weeks on the GPT. Reading the manual was great, a real change on how I normally prepare for more well-known trails in Scandinavia, Scotland, Iceland or Nepal. In my search for true nature, I would like to start on section GTP06 and go south until 1) the trail beats me or 2) go as far as my feet will take me in the time that I have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''veleslavia''''' Hello, I'm Olga and I'm planning to hike and packraft some sections of the Trail in late December 2024 with my partner. Thank you so much for creating the manual and the community around it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Ayrton.debeauffort''''' Hello, first of all thank you so much for all the hard work to put all these incredible resources together. I am looking to travel solo this spring to Patagonia and want to do first 20-30 section of the GPT over 2 months (with flexibility on the number of sections and timing). I have done multi day hikes in the W trek, and Norway and the Dolomites in the past and am looking to do a longer distance trek given I will be taking some time away from work. I look forward to contributing to your amazing research and thank you again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Celio''''' Hola, first thing, thank you very much for the passionate job you made in creating this Hiker's manual, it's a gold mine of infos! We are a french couple living in the alps and planning to do the GPT, starting november and going up north. Having worked 4 years in Tierra del fuego in guiding i'll be very happy to help in contribute and support the job you made ! Thank a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''TiMa''''' Hi, we are a german couple planning to hike various treks in Patagonia roughly during Jan+Feb 2025. We didn't decide yet on specific sections of the GPT. Thank you and the contributors for all the work!&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;&amp;quot;Morliz&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Hi Jan, I am planning on hiking sections of the GPT from 11/24-5/25, am experienced in long distance (US), alpine (alps, andes, pamir) and would be happy to support the wiki explorer homepage for the GPT during and after the hike. Thank you for the support.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''LukSara''''' Hello Jan, we are Lukas and Sarah, two hikers from the Alps and woud like to hike the first part of the GPT. We are planning to travel to Chile in November 2024. It would be great to hike with your GPS Track Files and of course we would be happy to contribute to your work with your experience. Thank you and everybody who made this possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''ErJo''''' Hello Jan, we are passionate hikers that would like to hike parts of the Greater Patagonian Trail in January and February of 2025. We don`t plan on doing packrafting. We are very grateful for your absolutely awesome work and thank you for making such a trip possible! :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Mathilde and Jordan''''' Hello Jan, first of all thank you very much for your huge and impressive work. We are two frenchies who would like to participate to this adventure and start in november. We'll be happy to share our experience, help with the tracks and give some updates. Passionate about nature, hike and new culture, The GPT is an adventure that we have in mind for a long time. Thank you very much :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Elio''''' Hi Jan, thank you so much for the work you're doing mapping out the most remote parts of Patagonia. I'm a seasoned hiker from France and I'm starting planning my next project (hopefully for December 2024, depending on finance and wife approval :). I would be very interested in the data you've collected over the years to help me come up with a route. I would gladly contribute to this wiki as soon as I find relevant data to provide. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Stefan''''' Hi Jan, we, my wife and I, are experienced hikers from Germany and are looking for a new long-distance hiking trail that is scenically impressive, remote and not overcrowded. We don't have a concrete schedule yet (probably in a few years, for a few months). In our search we finally came up with GPT and your manual. Both are really impressive! Thank you for your work so far! We would be happy to help supplement the manual and keep it up to date. However, we are still at the very beginning of the planning and would therefore like to use the tracks for further information and preparation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Keili100'''''  Hi Jan, we are Kathrin and Matthias from Germany (40yrs/42yrs) and we are both passionate hikers and have already visited lots of countries and its mountains. Since we have a kind of sabbatical in 2025/2026 we are planning to spend around 4 to 5 months on the GPT. My wife is fluent in Spanish and we are both fascinated of exploring remote areas and getting in touch with the locals combined with challenging navigation in barely untouched regions. &lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for your unbelievable huge amount of work you are putting on the GPT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Karin'''''Hi Jan, I am Karin. I have had the dream of visiting and hiking Patagonia since many years. I am in Latin America for roughly a year for work and I would like to take advantage of being in Latin America to hike in November - December 2024 parts of the GPT. Thank you vera much for your incredible work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Charlie''''' Hi Jan! I'm Charlie. I'm planning to hike either two (7-8) of the northern sections or 32 and 33h in the first two weeks of april. I'm an experienced hiker, have led trips and organized my own in the us and recently completed a 3 week thruhike of sicily. beyond excited to get to patagonia - has been a dream for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Marion y Augustin''''' Hello Jan, we are a french couple wich aim to try to hike some sections of the GPT beteen April 2024 and July 2024, mixed with bus travel to join Perù. We are reading the Hikers'Manual, thanks a lot for that huge job !&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Sophie y Gaspar (Dr Jabali)''''' Hello Jan, we are a franco-spanish couple wich aim to try to complete the GPT beteen November 2024 and May 2025 and discover these beautiful landscapes and cultures. Thanks&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Paulus''''' Hey Jan, im very impressed by your detailed planning and knowledge of the patagonian mountains. I really enjoyed reading your short manual for the trail even though I should have actually studied for my exams. In Autumn I will finish university and now have finally the time to do a longer hiking trip again. Since im a biology student, the GPT is extremely interesting, since it would serve me as a transect to observe to Vegetation change from the north to the south. Ive always dreamed of seeing Araucarias!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''gitano''''' Hi Jan I enjoy hiking and I have a lot of expirience hiking patagonia for the last 6 years. I grow up in Osorno and i would like to hike my own land. I will love to cooperate and keep up this exelent job!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Maxfelis''''' Hi Jan, I'm a hiking enthusiast living in Santiago. I recently did &amp;quot;Sendero del Condor&amp;quot;, and I met someone that was doing the GPT06. I would love to collaborate with the GPT project, and explore other sections. Thank you so much for all your work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''txrx''''' Hello Jan, I'm a hiking enthusiast living in Bariloche. I am always researching new routes and many times I end up scanning the GPT Hikers Manual. I can't believe how much work and love has been put by all the contributors to build this, thank you very much! I would love to help to keep the GPT growing responsibly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Bebo'''' Hello Jan, I First heard of GPT while traveling through Peru, Bolivia and Argentina by bike. Rightnow I meet with my Brother in Buenos Aires and we want to hike remote trails for the coming 2 months. The GPT sounds just perfect, so we really would love to get the GPX files. We are aware of the fact that the trails lead through privat Land and nature. We treat both with hugh respect! Thanks for your work! Greetings from germany!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Marilynemg''''' Hi Jan! I have been discussing the GPT with hiker friends for the last ten years and I finally will be able to visit Chile in March and April. I want to start with sections 1-8 and I have a couple more on the radar, time and weather dependent. Thank you so much for all your work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Retezepe''''' Hey Jan, we are very grateful for the invaluable resources you have compiled for the GPT. We're looking forward to being a part of this project! My partner and I are currently in Chile and interested in hiking a couple of sections of the GPT. The sections that currently interest us the most are sections 19 and 37H. We will be in Greater Patagonia from February to March.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''TrailsOfWander''''' Hi Jan. Thank you very much for your envaluable work for the GPT and for your guidance. I am traveling to Chile on Feb 11 to hike GPT06 and partial GPT08 and 09. Unfortunately I don’t have much time for this trip but I will plan future trips for other sections so the Track Files of GPT will be very valuable as the Manual is. Thanks again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''AlexNecky''''' Hello Jan, thank you for all the work you've done putting this trail together!! My friend and I have been eyeing the GPT for a while. After much researching using your information and additional sources, we have tickets to Santiago for the beginning of March. Our plan is to start with GPT06 and going SOBO thru GPT10 or as far as we can for the month that we have. We're both super excited about this adventure and look forward to contributing back to the community with our experience!! Thanks again! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Dueser''''' Hi Jan. I am deeply impressed by your work. Not only the time you spent on the GPT, but also all the documentation and the manual. During reading the manual I realized that 10 years ago I explored a few GPT stages in the north without knowing about the GPT. This time I'm deliberately heading south. I'll certainly put my experience to good use for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''CharlieGardner101''''' Hey there Jan! Charlie here! Wow, what an incredible community you've created here. I couldn't be more excited to explore this wonderful and wild part of the world and to become a contributing member of this initiative you've begun! I will be flying into El Chalten in the first week of February and, along with a few friends, hope to hike a variation of GPT sections 38-40. Later on (mid-late march), we hope to move further North to try our hands at a section somewhere between GPT 6 and 12. Thanks for everything you do! Cheers!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Zsu''''' Hi Jan! I would like to hike parts of GPT32-40 in the upcoming weeks. More details in the email. Thank you very much!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Fernanda''''' Hi Jan! First and foremost, a sincere thank you for your impressive work. It is so valuable to have this type of initiatives in Patagonia. I am Chilean and mountains have been my backyard since I was a kid. I am planning to do GPT35 and GPT 36H with my brother Francisco. He is also close to nature and a entrepreneur based partially on Puerto Bertand since 2020. I've shared the hikers manual with him and he was very thankful and impressed with this initiative. I would also be interested in contributing with adding highlights and changes to the track. Global warming is slowly but steadily modifying nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Daemos''''' Hi Jan! My name is Andrew, and I am a Canadian travelling in Patagonia for the next two months. I was planning to hike the Condor Circuit, but I've read online of some difficulties lately and am interested in investigating one of the variations of GPT6 as an alternative. I would also be interested in adding some highlights of the GPT to my plans as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''PauMau2024''''' Hello Jan! My name is Paulina and I thank you so much for your work. It´s an impressive work that you have done! From february on my partner Flo and I want to explore and hike from Futaleufu to O'Higgins, GPT 71 and GPT35-39. Beginning in Futaleufu we will take around 5 days to get to Chaiten where we will have a resupply and then continue hiking down until the end of the carretera Austral. We are happy to share our GPS log and further information&amp;amp;experience, hopefully support future travelers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''madnomad''''' Hi! My name is Elias. We are a couple from Greece travelling around the American continent on a campervan, motorcycle, packraft and hiking equipment! We are already on the road for 5 months and we are currently in the Argentinian part of Patagonia. We love it here and it would be great to try a few sections of the GPT. We are not planning to do anything extreme, just enjoy a few highlights of the GPT at first!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''acivs''''' Hi! My name is Agnes. I'm from Switzerland and love trekking. I did several hikes in the Alps, the Andes and in Patagonia. In August 2022 I started backpacking through South America and got trapped in Tortel about a year ago. Last March I read for the first time about the GPT and was fascinated by it. For the moment I am planning on doing my first to sections, GPT36H and GPT35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''wandering_guanaco''''' Hey all! My name is Jack and I am an American outdoors-person interested in hiking sections 16-23 this austral summer, and hope to continue to complete sections of the GPT as I continue to work in Chile for a few months of the year every year. This project is amazing and I am stunned by the thoroughness of the documents I have read so far. From the intentions of the project as a hike undertaken only by those who are prepared, to the particular comments on the links between fundraising and the inevitable outcome of the trip itself, I really appreciate the time and thought that has been put in to not just the adventure portion, but also the preparation, reputation, and impact of the hike. I feel lucky to have explored chunks of Patagonia in my past and cannot wait to broaden my experiences through these sections and information in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''bistarai.bistarai''''' Hello! My name is Susie, I’m French-Canadian and planning on hiking sections 6 to 18 (although very flexible) as a first attempt on the GPT which I have been eyeing for a while now. Eventually I’d love to try packrafting in more southern sections in a couple of years!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''mollycargill''''' Hello, my name is Molly and I am a medical doctor from Australia with a lifelong love of the outdoors and an interest in wilderness medicine. As a part of an Expedition Medicine course I am currently undertaking I need to create an in depth logistics plan for a trip which I want to go on, which I have chosen as packrafting sections 16-25 of the GPT. I have had my eye on the GPT for a while, and hopefully can use the finished product of this assignment to help me finally attempt some of the GPT in the 2024/25 season. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''HHGTPE''''' (Hitchhikers guide to planet earth) Hey, I am Felix. I hitchhiked around the globe for three years some time ago and now I am doing a semester abroad in Buenos Aires for my uni. While looking for long distance tracks in Patagonia, I came across the GPT and very much fell in love with the whole concept. This year I would like to do some of the shorter and easiest hiking parts of the GPT but hopefully come back in the future to do some longer and connected parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''fabianundcecile''''' Hola de San Rafael, Argentina. We are travelling to southern Patagonia and thought we could hike some sections of the PGT along the way. Maybe starting with GPT 7 southbound. Saludos Cécile y Fabian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''czimahi'''''Hola Jan, por favor me podrías enviar el file para ir alguna parte entre GPT18 a GPT5? Muchas gracias &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''nico142857''''' Hola desde Chile!. Escribo en español por razones políticas más que practicas. Primero que todo, gracias por recolectar, sintetizar y compartir la información. Me interesa recorrer la parte norte de los 'senderos' y me interesan tener los .kmz para 1) tener una ayuda, 2) no abrir mas senderos y respetar la naturaleza y 3) dar feedback a la comunidad. Saludos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Ggeoff88''''' Hello everybody ! My name is Guillaume from France and I'm actually in Bariloche preparing my adventure to go to El Chalten by foot. You guys did an incredible Job of research, documentation and exploration... Today I'd like to inspire of your work in order to prepare my road. It's normal for me and will be a pleasure to share my experience after it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''MysticalMarauder''''' Hi my name is Misha and I'm in Chile with an old friend about to the depart on a greand adventure December 2023 onwards. Heading south in the coming days with the zenith of our travels the Punta Arenas/Puerto Natales area. Then turning around and heading back north after a month or 2. Eager to get on the GPT in either direction in the coming months/years? Not sure how long this adventure will last but hopeful to hike many kilometers on this network. Thank yiou to Jan and this commmunity for establishing this route and creating this excellent resource for those excited to get off the well-traveled roads and disappear into the wild for a bit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Lazy_Lemon''''' Kia ora! Looking to get amongst the Patagonia trails so thanks so much for putting all this information together!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Sam Odin'''''' Hello! Thank you so much for this impressive work. The detail and love put into the GPT manual is truly a gift to us all. Between January 15 and February 5, my partner Sara and I are planning to explore as much of GPT33 as possible. Beginning in Villa Cerro Castillo we will take 8 to 10 days to get to Puerto Ingeniero Ibáñez (where we will have a resupply) and then take about the same time to get back to Villa Cerro Castillo. We would love to share our log and GPS information, hopefully further illuminating future travelers to the less frequented routes and parts of this section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Jonathan Mudde'''''' Hi Jan,  I'm planning to walk a few sections of the GPT in the very south and in the north. I'll start on the  first of January around Ushuaia. And after that I like to use the border close to O'Higgins and hike some parts around Laguna de la laja  I'm looking forward to use the gpx files. Thanks in advance! I have read many parts with great respect for your work and honering the lokal people. Regards Jonathan Mudde/Abishaloom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Matthias''' Küme naqün antü! I've been following this fascinating idea for years, and now I can hopefully explore a small part of it myself and contribute to its long-term existence. I will arrive in Santiago in January, then I would like to follo'''w the GPT southwards, walking until about GPT20. But I am flexible in my plans on the ground, I am open to spontaneity and ever-changing challenges. Alles Leben ist Problemlösen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Carina''' Hi! Thank you so much for the detailed GPT resource you have created. It's been a dream of mine to hike/trail run through parts of Patagonia, and it would be really helpful to see the GPT track files to help with my route planning. I'm planning to go in 1-2 years from now, so plenty of time to plan still. Very happy to contribute / provide feedback on route sections once I'm there myself. Thank you :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Paulina''' Hello everybody. First of all, I would like to thank you for all the huge  job you put into this projekt. I'm really amased. I will start a part of GPT in January, I'm especially interested in GPT because it seems wild, unspoilt and very interesting from cultural point of view. I also love the idea that everyone can create its own trail and that three is no one and the best option. Living in Europe where in some parts of the mountain we focus maybe too much on kilometers and speed, it seems that GPT offers something much more important. I will be more than happy to contibute to this beautiful projekt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mitschu''' Hello, after spending 9 weeks in Patagonia (pre pandemic) I am back with the aim to explore even more :) I thought about starting in Bariloche, explore the lake area going north (following part of Huella Andina) and finally cross over to chile and start at section 16 southbound mid/end of december. I used the pandemic for some long distance hikes in europe (GR5, half of GR10/11 and TMB) and cant wait to enjoy the beauty of patagonia. I will hike solo but open to meet up with fellow hikers if someone happen to be in the area :) I am following the project since 2 years... impressive work. Happy to contribute as well! Looking forward hearing from you! Thanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rainbow16''' Hi Jan &amp;amp; fellow hikers! My name is Tanja and I am currently planning to walk Sections 6-22 starting end of December 2023. Still a bit dizzy from reading the hikers manual (what a great documentation!), I am excited to further explore this Patagonian trail network via the track files. A huge thanks to Jan and Meylin for their adventurous spirit and dedication as well as all other collaborators (what a cool community!). Looking forward to contributing myself once I put my feet on GPT grounds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Frans van Driel''' Hi Jan, first and foremost I would like to thank you for all the work you put into the GPT. Truly impressive to read the manual! I'm planning to walk a few sections of the GPT. I'll explain more in detail in the upcoming email. My timeframe will be half December 2023 till half January 2024. I'm looking forward to this amazing experience and would like to start some more detailed planning using the gpx files. Thanks in advance! Sincerely, Frans van Driel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Owen Hutchison (elhutcho)''' Hey Jan! Am incredibly impressed with what you have been able to put together with the GPT - it’s an amazing achievement for which I’m sure many are thankful. I have been reading through the manual in preparation for a trip in February and March 2024. My partner and I will make our way down from Lago Puelo (GPT 22/23) to El Chalten via a mix of different segments and pack rafting. To assist in planning and preparation, I’d be really grateful to receive the the KMZ/GPX Files. I am very happy to contribute back to the project in anyway I can. Thanks again! Owen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Piotr Szatkowski''' Hello Jan, primarily I would like to say thank you for the massive amount of dedication you put into creating the whole guide. The quality of it, the precision everything is described with is very impressive.I would like to kindly ask you if you could share with me the KMZ/GPX Files. I am incredibly humbled to be able to discover the beauty of the regions of Patagonia. Can't wait into immerse in to this journey of solitude. I will be starting in end of December for section and or 2 heading south. Will probably hike for 2 months. I am not sure how long exactly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ella Meyer''' Hi Jan, I am planning to walk parts of the GPT as part of a project studying and documenting people's relationships to water along long-distance trails. As per your suggestion when we talked on the phone one year ago, I would like to hike Sections 1-12. I may also skip to Sections 21, 22, 63 and 69. I am hoping to depart Southbound around late December (2023). I am very excited to embark on this journey, and welcome anyone else planning on hiking these sections to connect with me (contact info can be found on my website https://ellameyer.com/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vlad Ivanchuk (vladdi)''' I'm planning to walk some southern sections of GPT northbound from Ushuaia starting in December 2023 for just over a month. I look forward to immersing myself in the landscapes and culture of Patagonia, and I'd appreciate access to GPS files to enable this adventure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Robin Marcille''' Hi Jan, hi all, thank you for this immense amount of work. After sailing from France to Ushuaïa, we are planning to walk parts of the GPT norhbound from Puerto Williams on November 2024 for approx. 3 months. We would be very grateful to access the GPS files to prepare our trip ! We are especially interested in the various options between Puerto Williams and Cochrane. We're super excited to participate to this project and would like to propose some mountaineering options !&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cyril AC'H (Cy)''' Hi, can't wait more to get back with GG on the GPT after 2 years break, from El Bolson southbound toward Cochrane and El Chalten in a packrafting mode for those sections. No rush, side trips to fjords, we will see how far we get ! Thx for the KMZ/GPX Files ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martin_crgt''' Hi all, thanks for your work Jan, and for everyone's contributions to this adventure, My sister and I are planning to do the GPT in February 2024 from section 6 down south. Having the GPS data would be a great help to help us plan. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''maddidunster''' Hi Jan, Tom and I are two Australians planning to hike northbound from El Chalten to wherever we make it with the time we have from February to April 2024. Super excited, can't wait!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''guswimbo''' Hello Jan, thank you for all of your and others' work on putting together this incredible wealth of information! I'm planning on backpacking/packrafting from Cochamo to El Chalten in January/February 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Oscar Crassous''' Hello Jan, I'm a french men who will travel northbound during 9 months in South America, between november and august. I have planned to walk most of the time and I am very excited to hike some parts of the GPT during my trip. Thanks for your work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Matthieu''' Hello Meylin and Jan, former hiker on the GPT (season 2019-2020, northbound), would gladly go back on trail this year to hike some other parts southbound (Santiago-Antuco, Puyehue - Coyhaique)! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GriffinWagner13''' Hello Jan, planning to travel to Chile/Argentinia in 2025. I'll be doing some of the sections between GPT01 and GPT40, bussing between routes as possible. I definitely want to hit some of the northern volcanoes as well as the southern routes! Super excited to hike it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''edwinb''' Hello Jan, planning to fly to Santiago in 2 weeks. Thinking about gpt2/3 to do something close to Santiago and especially want to do the tracks in the araucania this time. gpt33h and gpt37h look very attractive to. Thanks again for all the work! Edwin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''lilian''' Hello Jan, i'm planning to have a 3-4 months hike through Greater Patagonia, I will travel to Santiago in mid-November 2023 and maybe end my hike about March to April at somewhere south. I would be interested in the trackfiles from 1 to 69, would be incredibly grateful to have the files for further research and planning. Thank you in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''zipgerm''' Hey Jan, Thank you for your work and contributing the route information to the world! I'll be in Chile/Argentina from beginning of December until April. If my feet are willing, I want to walk parts of the GPT starting with section 05 or 06 southwards. I read a great part of your guide and already bought a GPS with satellite pager - alhough I never used neither of them on my off-track hiking tours before. Looking forward to Chile and the Andes. Matthias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''JordanJennings''' Hi Jan, my plan is to packraft soundbound sections 17-30 over the season, but will likely begin with a few (conditions appropriate)  sections between 30-40 from November after completing some packrafting training around Puerto Río Tranquilo. I would like to also thank you for dedication so much time and energy into making this possible for all of us&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''LottiRummel''' Hi Jan, thank you for all your fantastic work! We are planning to spend January 2024 in Chile and want to hike  starting from around GPT 06 southwards. I hope the gpx tracks will help us decide which sections to plan. Thanks! Alex and Lotti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rowe99''' Hi Jan, first of all, many thanks to you and everyone else who contributed to the manual. I have never seen so much information about such a large network for any other region in an open-source manner. I am planning to hike this year (2023) from December to mid-February starting from El Chaltén northwards with a pakraft. Thanks for all the information so far! Cheers Roman!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jonas._____''' Hi Jan, I'm planning to hike through Patagonia from December to February/March. I will start in Puerto Montt and then go south from there as far as time and terrain permits. The great GPT Hikers' Manual did already give me a really good insight in what to expect and I would really appreciate having the GPT Track Files as well to prepare for my trip as much as possible! Thanks for your help!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ColineW''' Hi Jan ! Thank you a lot for the amazing work you did with the &amp;quot;Great Patagonian Trail, Hikers Manual&amp;quot; ! It's full of wize advices and ideas I maybe would havenot find myself. I will go in Chili from mid-december to mid-march, meet up with my father who is currently wandering in the south. We'd like the hike northbound from GPT20 to GPT01. The GPS files would be a great help for you, since I tried my plan an itinerary on Google Earth and, as you know, I lost sight of some roads in the forest. My father has a Garmin66i, so we'll be able to send the datas of our trail to you. Have a nice day !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Roi Keler''' Hello Jan, First of all, thank you for the amazing work you did and still do, it's a great inspiration for me. I plan to spend 3-4 months in Patagonia and I want to combine several walking sections of the GPT between section GPT01 - GPT16 &amp;amp; GPT32 - GPT46. After reading the hikers' manual and completing the preparations, I decided not to focus on a meticulous plan because it is important for me to be spontaneous and keep the options open. The GPS files in combination with the hikers' manual will allow me to choose the hiking sactions that suit me and then send the information to you and share with the community. Thanks for everything!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Marmur''' Hi Jan! We are a couple and are planning to hike the GPT from start to end, in 2 seasons (hopefully) starting next season. We have visited Patagonia in the past and can't wait to get to know it more intimately, as we loved it so much. hiking in remote locations with unmarked trails is not new to us, but we are exited about the challenges that are waiting for us at this epic terrain. this is a great chance to thank you for all this impressive work that you've been doing, and you can count on us that after all this ends for us, we will share all inputs and updates with you and the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lukas Deleu''' Hi Jan, my girlfriend and I are planning to do 3-4 months of hiking through Greater Patagonia starting this december. We chose some of the sections that most appealed to us and hope to connect them by public transport. Gpt 6-12, 16-19, 32-40 is what we have in mind for the moment. Having the trackfiles would be a great help offcourse. Cheers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Huemul''' Hello Jan, I'm Frank from Irlanda.  I hope to continue southbound in November from El Chalten to Isla Navarino.  Thanks for all your help &amp;amp; advice so far. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''RoshiJ''' Hi Jan, what an amazing piece of work you've established in the GPT hiker's manual, and its amazing to see how many people are inspired by it. I am planning on exploring Patagonia starting in November, with no end date as of yet. My only goal is to wander and wonder but I'd like to do so well-informed and as prepared as possible. I already feel so after reading the manual but it would be even better to set out armed with your GPS files. I also love the idea of using wikiexplora as a platform to communicate within a like-minded community with similar goals so am enthusiastic to share my own experiences and read those of others. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Pieper92''' Holá Jan, Thank you for providing this comprehensive manual. I will travel to Patagonia in November 2023 and want to make my way from santiago to tierra del fuego by feet, on my beloved packraft but also longer sections by bus transport. Have not picked all sections but Lagos Chilenos/argentinos, parts of fjord area and tierra del fuego are in focus. Especially I want to circumvent the spoiled national parks in the south. Your guide has already been a great help up to know but the GPT track files would be extraordinary helpfull. I will especially try to provide novel exploration data by packraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''nickcarter884''' Dear Jan, Thank you so much for all the work you have done on this manual and the route, it's fantastic! Some friends and I are planning to do the section around El Chalten in February 2024 and would really like to follow your routes rather than the roads. Please could I have access to the GPS files so we can be in the real nature, not just the road? :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''delabien''' Dear Jan, I am very inspired by your manual. My partner and I plan to travel for 4 months starting from the capital Santiago going slowly to the south (starting in November 2023). Thus we would like to hike some of the sections you and the other collaborators assembled. In order to make the expedition more feasible for us we intent to use the local public transportation for some parts. Really looking forward to experience the changing landscapes during the route. Thank you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''wbarab''' Hi Jan, thank you for all the extensive and detailed work put into this manual. My partner and I (American &amp;amp; Spanish)plan to hike the GPT from mid November 2023 until late February or March 2024. So far GPT 6-12, 14-16, 19, and 32-40 have stood out to us as a start, but our investigations continue and we plan to add at least another half dozen sections (plus some &amp;quot;maybes&amp;quot; if time permits)! To continue we would really appreciate access to the trackfiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ranulph24''' Hi Jan, great manual! Thank you for putting so much passion in this project. I consider hiking on the GPT in November 2024 - April 2025. I am mainly aiming for the northern part 5 - 30 and add a smaller section in the south. For refining my plans I would like to study the GPS Track Files in detail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MMartinez''' Hi Jan, thank you so much for this incredible amount of work.  It is really inspiring and exciting.  We are a couple (American and Polish) and we are interested in hiking some of the sections of the GPT later this year.  We have been reading the manual and adjusting and readjusting plans the more we learn (there's so much to learn!)  We would really appreciate access to the track files to help with the planning.  Thank you so much again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''SeanMaskill''' Hi Jan, Thanks for all of your work! I've wanted to hike sections of the GPT for a few years. I've now started the research seriously and tracks would help me decide which sections I'd like to hike. Cheers Sean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MarmotAndBear''' Dear Jan, Thank you for putting in so much dedicated work, to create the Hiker’s Manual, and in doing so helping others to hike and appreciate this part of the world. We are a German-Singaporean couple and we have been following the GPT community for almost one year now. We have quit our jobs not long ago and have started visiting Central Asia, where we’ve been able to do some amazing hikes. Before setting foot on the GPT this coming (southern) summer, we are planning to improve our Spanish in other South American countries. We hope a few weeks of dedicated learning will do the trick. Once on the trail, we are planning to hike and packraft as much of the GPT as we can during the coming season. Let’s see how far our feet and boat will carry us :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''guaraches80''' Hello and good afternoon Jan.  I have been reading and preparing for some sections of the trail you have put together.  I, a Mexican American, and a Colombian friend will be backpacking through Brazil and later to Argentina in the coming months and we would love to see some of the wonderful trails you and others have experienced. Obviously, because of our backgrounds we both speak fluent Spanish and have years of backpacking, hiking and bushcrafting experience.  This is something I look forward to with the uptmost energy and so will eagerly await the track files to begin further in-depth planning.  Thank you for your time. Until next time!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''blissfulmisgivings''' Hi Jan, Thank you for providing so much detailed and helpful information about the GPT! We (two Americans) are excited to try packrafting portions of the GPT beginning in November 2023. The guidance you've provided in the manual has already been invaluable to our preparations, and we look forward to reviewing and using the GPT track files in our journey. Thanks again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''YannickCOLL''' Hi Jan, Thank you very much for your work and your dedication to the GPT. We are immersing in the GPT universe with pleasure and a growing sense of adventure. We are a couple (French and Belgian) and we’re looking to hike some sections of the GPT between mid-November 2023 until April 2024 (Sections: 1-12 / 16 / 19 / 32-40). These are the sections that we selected so far and that we are more attracted to, knowing that of course it can change. We were wondering if you could grant us access to the GPS tracks in order for us to prepare for the GPT.  We understand that this is an unofficial trail and that it is still a work in progress and we are eager to help in any way we can to continue to build this ‘trail’. Nolwenn &amp;amp; Yannick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''daniel.s''' Hi Jan, amazing work with the Hiker's Manual! I hope to meet some of you on the trail next season. I'm planning to do some of the packrafting sections starting at GPT 17. The track files would be very helpful to make it an unforgettable experience. Greetings from Austria, Daniel &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''hevike''' Hello fellow hiking community, I'm Jens from Germany looking into hiking sections of the GPT this November until the end of February. Thanks for the amazing work you all have put into this project and I'm looking forward to contribute myself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MartinGilles''' Hola Jan, soy Martin de Belgica y estoy planeando hacer una parte del GPT al principio de noviembre hasta el 20 de diciembre. Me gustaria tener the GPS tracks para organisarme y ver lo que me conviene mas. Muchas gracias por lo que hiciste y para permitir la exploracion de esta parte del mundo. Un placer, Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Marc Altena''' Hi Jan, thanks for all your hard work exploring the hidden trails of Patagonia. I'm hoping to do sections 6 to 10, 16 to 22 and 32 to 40 early next year. The GPS tracks would be helpful. Tanks in advance for sending them. Kind regards, Marc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lorenzo''' Hi Jan, I don't have specific plans concerning the GPT yet, but that might change soon. After the reading the first 300 pages of your guidebook it seems to me like a real challenge and an unforgettable experience at the same time. I'll call it a dream to hike at least parts of it, and extensive planning is the first step to make your dreams come true.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Joscha97''' Hi Jan, I gonna travel to Chile in the beginning of next year and I am really fascinated by the idea of the GPT. I would love to hike some parts of it, starting in Santiago. Thanks for all the work you put into this project. Greetings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Larix84''' Hello Jan, he hablado contigo con whatsapp hace 2 semanas Mi proyecto de trail para el ano que viene se confirma, un saludo'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Noemie''' Hi Jan, thank you so much for making us discover those incredible paths and landscapes in an ethical way. I have been hiking in Chilean Patagonia for a few months now and I wish to keep discovering the region more deeply by hiking through a few sections of the GPT, especially GPT36H (ruta de los Pioneros). Depending on how this goes, and on the weather conditions, I may try to go further north around sections 08-09. Thanks for all your work, the resources you provided have been super helpful!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''TheRebel''' Hey Jan thanks for the big package of information you provide with tha website/pdf I'm in Argentina since 3 months and hiked many km in the official and more marked areas (bariloche, bolson, esquel, el Chaltén, El Calafate, Ushuaia and more) and now I'm on the way back north and wanna end up in Bolivia or maybe even Columbia in the next 6 months... I've heard about your site from a Canadian guy who did some sections more north and I thought it would be nice to do some more trails in a little more remote areas on my way north&lt;br /&gt;
Greatings TheRebel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jen''' Hi Jan and so, so many thanks for all the incredible work you have done here. I am currently in Peru and planning to fly south to begin the beginning of GPT01 in the next few weeks and see how long I can walk for before things become too off season. I will halt and recommence when the season comes back in. If I manage to journey to Punta Arenas in the end, whenever this might be, then I am happy! Thank you, Jen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ollie''' Hello Jan. I am from Wales and currently is&lt;br /&gt;
 Brazil after sailing here from Europe. My plan is to work my way towards southern Argentina where I will stop and work for a while. Hopefully improving my Spanish, get to know the culture more and spend my weekends in the mountains to prepare. The idea is to start from Tierra Del Fuego, head north and just take it step by step. The manual has been a great read thank you for being so thorough. Love it. Cheers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Silke &amp;amp; Hans''' Hello, We are a Belgian couple currently on a multiyear bikepacking, trekking &amp;amp; mountaineering trip through South-America. We'd been looking forward to do some sections of the GPT for a long time. We are currently in Chile Chico, and planning to do the GPT35 section. We probably want to do some more sections further South.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jakub+Veronika''' Hi Jan, we're a couple from Czechia, currently almost one month in Chile getting to know the country, it's history and it's people's culture. We'd like to hike some parts of the GPT south from Puerto Montt, where we are based right now. Thanks for this awesome work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Alan''' Hola Jan! I'm Alan from California. I'm interested in doing GPT32 and GPT33H. Thanks for all the resources you have provided so far!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Diegoara''' Hi! My name is Diego and I am from Chile and I'm interested in the GPT to do de GPT18 &amp;amp; GPT19, i would be a little more than a week, i think that is amazing the work that you do making this GPT in my country.Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jess&amp;amp;Paco''' Hey Jan ! We are from France and we would love to hike the GPT between march and april 2023. We plan to connect a few sections in the great lakes region (between section GPT45 and GPT35, south to north) for about a month. And if the weather is favorable, we would explore in april a little bit of the nothern parts of the GPT (volcanos region) but without necessarily connecting steps, while being around for a workaway. Thanks a lot for all this work !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''blklb''' Hi Jan! I'll be leaving for Chile in a few days and would like to do bits and pieces of the sections between Curico and Conaripe, perhaps farther south. I'll be combining trekking with time spent in towns/cities. This is going to be a leisurely exploration of the GPT, with the possiblity of a longer GPT-specific trip in the future. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Joachim''' Holà Jan! I'm Joachim from France. I'm coming to Chile in a few weeks, and found your website with a lot of valuable informations on this beautiful itinerary! I don't have a fixed plan yet but my idea is to start around Santiago and go South until winter begins. I'd love to get a hand on those gpx files to help me plan properly, I'll be happy to share feedback when coming home. Many thanks for all the work you put in!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Johnny1968''' Hi Jan! We are a couple from Italy and want to to start mid february 2023 from Santiago for the GPT. We have 2 months of time and want to see how far we get, without hurry, soaking up nature and culture. Thanks for the manual and creating the track files, great respect for the ethics!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''derameisenbaer''' Hi, two people from Germany. We'll be hiking part of the GPT (GPT06-GPT12) in February. If there's time left we might be able to hike part of the more southern sections as well. Really looking forward to it and really aprreciate the great work on this page and the Hikers Manual! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ebse''' Hello, I'm Ed from England. Would love to help contribute to this mammoth project by hopefully walking GPT01 - GPT20ish in late 2023. Looks like a remarkable experience all round; I'd be very grateful to be part of it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martio''' Saludos, soy Martial ! landing on jan. 14th for a 2 month journey into Chilean natural wonders. I plan to hike a selection of northern GPT sections between 1 and 22. Plans purposely open for this first experience and can't wait to get involved in the community. Ps: Jan, you rock !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clemgbl''' I'm Clement from France. Currently hiking in Chile from  month, I would like to continue my trek on the GPT next month (january and February 2023). I plan to start in Coyhaique and hike until El Chalten (GPT 31 to GPT 40).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jcoxxx''' I'm Jeff from Alaska. Hopefully I'll be hiking and packrafting section 17 to 39, starting this January. I'm really excited to be a part of this project and share my trackfiles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Eleebeatriz''' Hi, I'm Elena from Chile. On the 27th of this month we are going to carry out the Gpt7, we will enter through the &amp;quot;Puente Ingles&amp;quot; , in San Fabian de Alico, up to the Polcura mountain range, in Antuco. Greetings and I hope in January I will be editing what I have done to share it with you! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MarcGPT''' Hola! Last year while hiking around Cochrane, I learned about the GPT.  Looking forward to return and contribute to the GPT manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Franzz''' Hi! I'm Franzz from Switzerland. I'm planning to thru-hike my own version of the GPT next year. Using your tracking files would be a great help planning the itinerary :) I would be more than happy to share back my own track files and experiences once I'm back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nicktravels_''' Hey mate, I'm Nick - i'm planning on a hike/packraft of mumtiple segments with my three amigos. Leave only footprints is a big part of our travelling philosophy and I have a lot of respect for the ethos you carry through the information provided.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Timo''' Hi, I'm Timothée. I'm French but also from Munich Germany! I plan on being in Chile beginning of next year and on doing someof the sections (probably 6-22, 32-40 more or less). I'm super impressed by all the gathered and explained documentations and advices form the Manual and would love to contribute ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''zozo''' Hi, my name is Zohar. I'm from Israel and plan on doing some trekking in Patagonia in January 2023. planning to do parts of the GPT from south to north starting at section 46. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''florianluca''' Hi, my name is Florian. I'm from Germany and plan on doing some trekking in Chile at the Beginning of next year (2023). I appreciate the work that went into this project and would like to use some of it for planning some of our tour. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''willcampbell444''' Hi, I'm Will from Canada. I'm interested in hiking some of the trail as I make my way south through Chile! I was thinking of starting at section 6 in mid December, depending on the weather. I really appreciate all the work done putting together the trail, and I hope to contribute with my track files and notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dallas''' Hi, I´m Dallas, from Berkeley, California, USA. I am interested in planning a trip in early 2023 to explore the beauty of Patagonia and indulge in my passion for slow, human-powered travel. This trip is open-ended and intentionally meandering, and the GPT looks like an excellent basis of exploration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nicopo''' Hi, I´m Nicolás, from Buenos Aires. My girlfriend and I have been hiking in Patagonia for the last few years and we are planning on hiking sections of the GPT from December to February. We are already getting started with our planning and are looking forward to contributing with what we can. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Newt, Birdie, and Possum''' Hi! We are on our way back to Patagonia for the third time. The three of us have hiked in Patagonia and many other places in the world together. We will have 1 month to hike a portion of the GPT, specifically focusing on 33H -38H going northbound. We are inspired by this document and we can't wait to become contributing members of this community. Thank you! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''pgantier''' Hi, I'm Pierre from France. I discovered Chile and South America 5 years ago during an exchange semester and look forward to going back there for a long trip (within the next 5 years for around 12 months). I would love to do some part of the Greater Patagonian trail during this future gap year and I want to prepare well it advance to continue to get experience to be ready for this gread adventure !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jonny6k''' Hi, im planning on hiking some sections of the GPT from late December until March (or until i get tired!) I am planning on sections 6-22, but nothing is certain yet. I hope to add to the track files and contribute with some notes regarding the trails. i look forward to arriving in chile! Jonny&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''felagund''' Hello, I would like to hike the GPT in December-February, from Santiago till as far as I can get and as long as a I enjoy it. So I would be interested in the trackfiles from 1 till about 40, even though I probably won't reach that far. I am a contributor to OSM so I was thinking that would be my main form of contribution, though I would not want to put paths that are disputed there of course. Tomas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Arnaudlacoste''' Hello Jan! I have been a big fan of the GPT for some years now. I just moved back to Chile after living for the past 8 years in Europe and would love to discover a few sections of the GPT. I will be settling in Araucania region so I would love to have access to the track files and plan which sections I will immerge myself into. I hope I can also contribute to it and meet some of the community in the following months/years. Thanks you and the community for this marvelous work! Cheers, Arnaud. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;ChristopherT&amp;quot;Hello! Christopher from Austria here. My girlfriend Anna from Germany and I are planning to do the gpt. We are still trying to figure out which sections we would like to trek.We definetly want to explore and hike in Feuerland though.We would very much appreciate the track files to help us with our decision and on our journey. I hope we can contribute a bit as well. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
Cheers,&lt;br /&gt;
Christopher and Anna&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Matous'''Hi everyone! Here Matous and Johana. Couple from Czechia. We are planning to hike some sections on GPT at the beginning of next year. We are interested in GPT06 - 22. The track files would be great help in planning. And thank you for amazing work. We´ll be happy to contribute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''guilhermealexs''' Hi! Guilherme Alexsander here from Brazil. Me and some friends are planning to walk some parts of the GPT. We are currently interested in the Los Quenes - Central Cipreces section. I'd like to get the track files to help us with planning. Thanks! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;nmakepeace&amp;quot; Hello everyone, Natalie here from Canada, thank you to Jan and everyone for their contributions! My plan is to hike southbound on the GPT starting at Termas del Flaco (connect@ GPT05) because I want to do some specific mountains in Central Chile first. I may also look into connecting Volcán Maipo to coya. To make this all easier and more safe I would be not only grateful for the GPS files but honored! Start: mid/late December until begining of March. Hope to hear tales from you all soon! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''rom1dwker''' My girlfriend and I will cycle southward patagonian roads and ripio from mid december 22 to mid february 23, and we plan to maybe hike some sections of the GPT, especially the ones in Jenimeini where we have already been a few years ago, dependind on how everything goes with the cycling and and the roads we will actually take.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''gornik''' Me and my grilfriend Gabi would like to hike on GPT from January till March 2023. We are on a gap year after our studies, and during that time we would love to enjoy the wilderness of Patagonia. We are planning to first do some singular sections and after gaining some knowledge and experience in Patatagonia hiking, we would like to do some longer distances. We are also exited to combine it with hitchhiking to minimalize environmental impact. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''hannahp24''' My partner Eric &amp;amp; I will hike GPT 32-36 in Dec-Jan 2022/2023. Excited to explore new places and give guidance to what we find here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jmcantin''' Hi Jan, thanks for the hard work in this awesome guide! I am planning a Southbound hike of the GPT from Santiago de Chile in January 2023 for a couple of months. I would love to have the track files to properly plan my route. Thank you for your help :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' bforselv''' Hello guys, my wife and I live north of the Artic Circle in Norway and we are planing to go to Chile for hiking January and February. We want to do sections of the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Ishaysachs(Ishay)''' Hello Jan! Ishay from Israel here. Just finished the PCT and looking forward to do some sections of the GPT this January-March. Would love to get access to the files in order to plan my route (: thank you for putting so much effort into this. That's an incredible project and I can't wait to start hiking and share the journey with this great community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' greenh3624 (Helen and Craig)''' Hello Hello Jan. Thank you so much for providing all this incredible information from the manual, we are both super grateful and are looking forward to contributing. Looking in to sections GPT 16- 05/06 for 2023 and hopefully some southern route sections from there. Just a quick comment to request track files. Your manual is incredible by the way. Mil gracias! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Christophe (Alex &amp;amp; Christophe)''' Hi Jan! Thanks a lot for all this informations and for your work. We are now travelling in south America with our van and are planning to sell it and start to hike the GPT in December 2023 for 2 or 3 month. This track files would help us a lot to plan this incredible adventure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''miguelvdvelden (Miguel)''' Hola Jan! I’m in awe of everything you’ve put together for the GPT. It’s so comprehensive  and as a sustainability student I am grateful for the focus on both the environmental and social sustainability of the region and its  communities. I am hoping to hike or packraft a part of the GPT over six weeks or so in Jan-Feb 2023. I am in full planning mode now, hence my request here. Muchas gracias por todo. Abrazo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''nico142857''' Hola Jan! Hace un tiempo habia leido parte del manual y veo que ahora esta actualizado. Desde ese momento que quede maravillado con la rigurosidad de tu trabajo y lo sigo haciendo ahora. Me suscribo a esta lista para poder obtener los track files, pues me interesa recorrer algunas secciones en las proximas vacaciones de verano 2022/2023. Estare muy agradecido si lo puedes mandar. Saludos desde Chile!. nicolas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lore Olivares''' Hola Jan, gracias por compartir esta valiosa información. Soy de Chile y junto a mi amigo queremos hacer la parte norte del GPT desde Santiago. Te agradeceré mucho si nos puedes compartir los datos GPX. Muchas gracias de antemano.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''annéesympathique;)  (Rémy D.)''' Hi guys, I‘m a student from Belgium and I plan to walk the GPT from december to march. That’s why having the GPX track files would help me realize this project. A big respect about all the work behind the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' TOBEL ''' Congratulations to the GPT Hikers Manual. I am from Germany and a bit older then the most here. This year I will hike some parts of the GPT, so I would like to get the gpx files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Michaelstabile (Mike &amp;amp; Avery) Hi, Thanks for compiling all of this information. We are Backpacking and Pack rafting Guides in Alaska. We are planning to start in 2023 and Continue through all the way back to Alaska. Hiking, bike packing, Packrafting and sea kayaking. Having this track files would be incredible for us helping with planning for this section of our journey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Martin&amp;amp;Helena (Martin.h)''' Hello guys! Thanks for the amazing work you’re doing with the GPT. We are a couple from Prague, Czech republic, planning to start hiking from the beginning of December, most likely until the end of March. We would use the track files for planning our hike and navigation. Thank you, Martin&amp;amp;Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''EDAWILSON (Ed)''' Hello! We are a couple from Scotland who are heading to Patagonia for a couple of months hiking this October/ November, and we are looking to incorporate some elements of the GPT into our trip. 2022 conditions permitting, we will likely explore some sections of the Fjord route; as well as Glacier Chica to El Chaltén; and fingers crossed some sections south of here. I would love to overlay the track files over GE for a better planning experience. We love the spirit of the community you are building here! Great work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ridgepathpictures (Jani)''' Hi! Myself and a couple of friends are planning a packrafting trip in Patagonia at the start of 2023. We will be dipping in and out of the regular packrafting route, so sections 17 to 39. The aid of the track files would be greatly appreciated. I'm honestly astounded by the work you have put into this trail, it's truly very inspiring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Slingshot (Jeremy)''' Hi! My soon to be wife and I are planning a 3 month trek from GPT05 southbound and would greatly benefit from the GPT track files. Thank you so much for your hikers manual and for providing access to these files. It has already greatly benefited us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Alexis (dm) &amp;amp; Iris''' Hello! We are a 29/28 years old couple from France and are starting a sabbatical in South America for a year in December. We are landing in Puntas Arenas and would like to hike our way, on the GPT or not, through Chile up to the Ecuador. To better plan our trip, we would like to access the GPT track files and are obviously willing to contribute to the initiative. Many thanks.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Max''': Hello, I am from Germany and I really like to hike. Next year, I plan to hike from Santiago de Chile all the way down to Ushuaia with a Packraft. To do that, I would like to get the gpx files, so I can choose from the routes. Thank you for all of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ted''': Hi guys, I'm a 33 year old austrian guy and I plan to hike a few sections of the GPT in October and November. it would be great if i could have the gpx data so i can plan the routes better. great community&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Chris and Tara''': Hello!!! We are husband and wife, being 33 and 26 years old respectively. We plan to walk from Barilloche to Santiago incorporating large sections of the GPT. There are no fixed plans for sections and times, just to fully immerse our selves in Patagonia, it’s people and way of life. Thank you and all those who have contributes for your incredible work so far, I look forward to being able to contribute for others to enjoy! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Wannes''': Hello, I'm a 31 year old belgian who plans a two week trek/run in the beginning of November. I would love to do a part of the GPT. Could I receive the gpt tracks to decide which part would be ok to do? Kind regards. Wonderfull work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Yannic &amp;amp; Mirjam''': Hello together. We are Yannic and Mirjam and since one year on a world trip. We plan to spend a few months in Patagonia next and hike parts of the GPT. Which parts exactly we are currently still working out. Would it be possible to get the GPS tracks? Thank you for you incredible work !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''AdriKunz''': Hello, first of all, a huge thank for all your amazing work. I am so grateful for this sharing which will allow me I hope to live a unique experience. I'm a actually working in French Guyana, but were looking for an immersive hick before living this continent. I finally came across this extraordinary adventure, which I think corresponds to me in every way.  I plan to try the GTP from Santiago to part 14 or 15 of the GPT in a month and a week. I intend to start the hike in mid november. May i aske you the GPT track of thoses parts ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Avisito''': Finally going for it - December 2022! Plan to start at GPT05 and go south for several weeks - would love to start exploring the GPS track files. Thanks!!!!!!!!!! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Veronica''': Hello, I am Canadian and will be spending six months in South America from October 2022 to March 2023. While I am there I would love to spend a few of these months hiking various portions of the GPT, which is why I would love to obtain the GPS track files. Thank you so much for all this work and to all those who have compiled all this information. I am very much appreciative of all of this! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Andes et Tentes''': Hello, we are 3 french students taking a year off to explore South America. We are planning to explore Patagonia between February and April 2023 by hiking on some specific sections of the GPT. That's why we are asking for the GPS tracks. Many thanks for the huge work achieved ! It is impressively detailed and complete !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ondra''': Hello! My name is Ondrej and I am from the Czech Republic. I have been reading about Jan's and others' experiences on the GPT for the past two years. I will finally have a chance to walk a part of the trail myself in January - March 2023. I am adding myself to the list to kindly request the track files. Thank you Jan for putting this together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mat''': Hi! from France. I’m planning a few months hiking trip to discover  south America. I’ll most probably walk  parts of the Gpt (as much as I can). I would be grateful to receive the necessary gpx files. Thank you for the this very huge and inspiring work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Alice &amp;amp; Florian''': Hola! We are Alice &amp;amp; Florian, a french couple who love hiking. We who will travel in South America and especially in Chile in September and October this year (2022), and we read about the GPT and some blogs, which really peaked our interest. Our project is to walk going south along the GPT for about a month, somewhere between September and November. After reading the hiker's manual, we came here in order to do access the GPX files and prepare deeper our project. Muchas Gracias para todo este trabalho. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Thomas - Chilzin, Brah!''': Hola! I'm a thru hiker planning to do a large part of the GPT mostly continuously before heading north on a huge trip to explore South America. I really appreciate this resource and will do my best to contribute before and while I'm on trail. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Aneso''': Hola! I'm Aneso, a French woman who loves hiking. I heard about the GPT while doing research following my plan to go to South America for 1 year.&lt;br /&gt;
My project on the GPT being to leave from the south in the direction of the north, over a period of 1 month (or even a little more) from January 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
In my research I am missing the exact GPX files for my GPS.&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you in advance and congratulations again for all the work provided and to which we have access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ariane''':  Hola! I'm French and I will be hiking in Patagonia in April (and perhaps May); my plans are not yet well defined but I'd like to follow parts of the GPT on my way northward. Thanks for your super useful work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''OriolGirona''': Hola! I'm from Barcelona but living at nearby Girona. Love hiking and cycling, being my longer tours so far between 4 and 6 weeks on the trail. I hear about the GPT two years ago while looking for new ideas during covid lockdown. I already read the manual a couple of times, and I am thrilled to travel to Santiago next November / December for a couple of month, probably starting from section 1. And at this point of planning I will apreciate to have the GPX tracks to get deeper into this process. Awesome work. Thanks a lot!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''JuanchoUgarte''': Hola! I'm a Chilean guy that loves hiking. I hear about the GPT a few years ago. This year while doing the Travesia Cerro Castillo realized that it was part of the GPT and decided to start planning to do it on summer 2023. During 2021 did the GR11 in Spain and want to do something in Chile this time (the GPX tracks would be very useful for all the planning) Probably will start near Parque Inglés. Thanks a lot!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''LeanderDc''': Hey hey, we're a crew of 3 hiking-friends from Belgium and Chile. We're planning on walking a part of the GPT starting from around Cochamó till O'Higgins, probably taking some ferries and hitchhikes in between. We're starting to refine our exact route, by reading the manual and analyzing google earth, and would hugely benefit from the exact GPX files. Thanks in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''rowanl''': Hello, I'm an avid hiker from Canada looking to explore trails along the carretera austral especially around Cerro Castillo National Park. I hope to use the track files to help refine my plans. I appreciate all the information provided, Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''meotr''': Hi! I'm a french engineer planning to hike some parts of the main route between mid-february and mid-march during a 3-4 months period in Chile and Argentina. Thank you for you incredible work !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Sergio''': Hi! I live in Santiago and I'm planning on hiking some of the first GPTs on early February and hopefully some of the southern parts later on. Thank you very much for all the work you have put into this, it's an incredible thing what you have done!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*jdhanlon/Jen and Vince''': Hi! I am planning to hike and packraft a number of sections this season, from Jan - March 2022. Thank you for all your efforts and guidance in sharing information about the trail network!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Gianluca/Cerna_Beltz''': Salve a tutti, Hi!! I'm italian and I'm planning to hike some part of the GPT from the end of january to mars/avril. Thank you so much for all this information and for your attitude!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''José''': Hi!!. I'm chilean and im planning to hike the GPT05 - 22 southbound. I would really apreciate to have access to the track files. Thank you so much for doing this, its awesome!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Carlos and Ivan''': Hellow. We'll be in Chile in january and february. Track files would be a great help for planning our hike. Thank you for your great work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mariia and Misha''': Hi! We are two Russian flying to Argentina in end of December. Fully equipped for packrafting. Planed start January 5, 2022 from Lago Puelo southbound. Sections: 1. GPT23-25P Rio Frey and Lago Amutui Quimei. 2. Then flying to Chile and resume GPT26-28P 3. GPT30P-32 4. GPT33H-35 5. GPT36P 6. 36H Northbound. End before March 25. I would be very greatful for the track files. Thank you so much for your awesome guide and work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mawel''': Hello, I'm planning to hike the GPT or at least a part of it. Idealy, I'd like to start from Ushuaïa and travelling up north along the cordilliera. Anything concrete yet but I'm sure the track files will be very helpful to prepare this journey as best as I can.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Alexey''': I will start my trip on 29.11.2021  from Lago Todos Los Santos to the North, until Lago Ranco.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Matthias&amp;amp;Janna''': We will hike parts of the GPT in december - february. Track files would be a great help for planning our hike. Thanks for the enormous work done! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Franck''': I will hike parts of the GPT with a friend in december and january, we're interested in GPT05 to 12, 19 to 22 and 32 to 36. Thanks for the great work !! Can't wait to put my shoes on : D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nathaniel''': I will be in Chile for a few months starting in December 2021. I am considering packrafting in the vicinity of the Western Fjord Traverse (GPT90P-GPT92P) as well as hiking/packrafting a section of the main route of the GPT in Zones H and I (possibly including GPT32-40).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Laurent and Maxime''': Hi there! We are two Canadians flying to Chile in January. We are fully equiped with lightweight equipment for packrafting, endure all sorts of weather and accomplish a great trip on the greater patagonian trail! We have 3 months to travel and we are very grateful of all the precious information you offer us ! Thank you very much !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rebeca y Cristián''':  Buenas tardes Jan! Estuvimos conociendo distintos lugares de la décima región desde inicios del 2021, &amp;quot;aprovechando&amp;quot; las cuarentenas. Ahora estamos planeando un viaje más largo, el cual incluye packraft. Nos encantaría acceder a los archivos para planificar mejor. Desde ya, muy agradecidos.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''David Batguano''':  Good day all.  I am heading to Chile at the end of November 2021 to get some hiking in, obviously.  Fist I am completing the O circuit at Torres del Paine, then will hopefully complete some of the easier sections of the GPT(I do not wish to bushwack or prove a point).  I have no time constraints and will just go where I wish at a leisurely pace.  I am on page 400 of the hikers manual working on routing.  Though difficult, Jan's work so far is an unbelievable resource.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vera &amp;amp; James''': Hi all! We are planning to head over to Chile for 3 months Jan - Mar 2022 and plan to hike on the GPT. Planning is ongoing but current thinking is start at Puyehue and work north. The main motivation is to be in the mountains/wilderness for a period of time. The manual is an incredible resource! Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tobias''': Hi Jan, I'm flying into Chile on the 1 of November. My plan is to hike southwards from Frutillar to El Chaltén and visit Schools along the way. I would be very greatful for the track files GPT 22-40. Thank you so much for your amazing work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Kris&amp;amp;Stiina''': Greetings, we are going to Chile in November and we plan to hike some sections of the GPT. Track files would be a great help for planning our hike and logistics. Thanks for the enormous work done! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Helmut and Beatrice''': Hi JAN, we are planning to spend two months in Patagonia  at the beginning of next year. We want to hike around 1000 km and the tracking data would be a great help for us to choose appropriate sections and plan our hiking adventure. High praise for the great manual!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''HolKann &amp;amp; Peanutje''': Hey all, we're planning to visit Chile in January 2022, and hope to hike parts of the GPT for the better part of (at least) 3 months. Our most recent hiking experience was the [https://thepindosway.com Pindos way] in Greece, which consisted of finding &amp;quot;the shadow of an old mule path&amp;quot; to get up or down a mountain ridge, which taught us how to handle packs of angry shepherd dogs, and which forced on us a crash course in rudimentary Greek (as we would have gone hungry otherwise). We hope to get to know Patagonia and its people in the same way, except that our Spanish skills should be a bit better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Stephan''': Hi folks, Hi Jan, i'm planning to do the GPT 22,Lago todos los santos, from Petrohue to Cochamo, hiking and packrafting. I have planned to go on October 2021. Thanks for the great work!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Stéphane''': Hi folks, Hi Jan, planing a trail trip next summer in Patagonia walking from Villa Cerro Castillo to Villa o Higgins. Could you please Jan send mi the track files beetween Villa Cerro Castillo and Pto Ibanez passing through Torres el Avellano ? GPT33H. Thx a lot and long life to yout project ! Hug&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martin and Kim''': Hi, we are planning to spend two oder three months next year in Patagonia. We want to hike round about 1200 km there and the track file would be very helpful to choose sections and plan our adventure. Thanks for the great manual!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vicente''': Hi, I'm planning on doing the GPT this spring of 2021, I've done other long trails through Patagonia so I want to take it to the next level. I believe this trail has a great potential to become an icon for my country and its beautiful mountains. I need the track files to prepare the adventure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Marc''' : We are two guys from Denmark who are hoping to spend a couple of months on the GPT, if possible we will begin this december. We are eager to get our hands on the track files to help us plan which sections to hike. We have a great amount of respect for all the work you have done to make this adventure possible!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Simoncashyt''' : Me and my friend are Planning to spend 2.5 months in the area this December. Hoping to get this Track file and review the trail in gis with other historic route databases to really understand the sections topography, climates and route options to explore off the track file.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Bastian Klein''' : I am a university student from Germany and currently only have vague plans for my hike. With the Covid situation still going on its still to be determined when I will actually get to go hiking, but I think the track files will help me a lot with planing. Greatly appreciate the work done on the GPT manual !.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tim''' : We are a couple from Germany and around new year we plan to spend a few weeks in the area around GPT05 to GTP07. If possible we might return some time to see southern patagonia as well for multiple months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Léo''' : I plan to travel one year in Chile from sept 2021 ; I want to start from Puertomontt to reach Santiago (in a whole year, so taking my time), and hike some sections of the GPT ! I have not chosen which exacts sections yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nadfero''': Mi plan is to divide the route in two or three sections, and hike it in the 2021-2022-2023 summers. Obviously it all depends on the covid situation. There is no harm in planning!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cristóbal''': Estoy aprovechando la cuarentena para estudiar la ruta y comenzar a hacer tramos en la medida que se levanten las restricciones sanitarias este 2021 y 2022.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jo and Ty''': We are a couple planning to trekk for 3 months or so on the GPT. 2021/2022 depends on Covid 19 situation. Propably starting somewhere at GPT08. We are still in the beginning of planning. We require the track files for a lot of planning and for navigating on the trek it self. We are pretty excited!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Molly og Melissa''': We are two friends, from Denmark. We plan to hike most parts of group B, C and D in December 2021 - February 2022&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Patagonico''': Years ago i did the ruta de los pioneros now i would like to complete the GPT in the next few years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Les Amériques au fil de l'eau''': We are a french couple, planning to use the trail from Puerto Montt to Santiago in 2021-2022 and to realize two short documentary films about wetlands and about the women of America&lt;br /&gt;
*'''O Bicho Geográfico''': Para fines de investigación científica, Abril de 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Max Nemeth''': November to Mid-March 21/22, sections to be determined.  Thank you for the amazing work on this route!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Memo mcrash''': GPT10 and GPT11. I plan to do it in March with some friends. We are very grateful for the work you have done. Thank you! Guillermo.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''nico142857''': GPT01 and GPT02. Im planning to hike these 2 sections on March, and gpx's routes surely will help a lot. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MauricioDM''': I am planning to hike the whole trail in parts, but I am not sure where to begin, the GPX will help . Thanks. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nico busch''': GPT33H. Planning on doing the Torres del Avellano hike. Thanks. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Bjornsether''': GPT 01 to 40. I've been planning a long-distance hike in Chile for some time. February-April 2021 might allow me to spend time on the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''AJForno''':, GPT 01 to 40, I live in Chile and have done some sections, and plan to keep exploring, Thank you! Andres  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Thom&amp;amp;Miky''': Hi, we are two friends planning to walk from febrary to april 2021 and we will try to reach from south to north the GPT 14 to GPT 01. Thank you! Thomas and Michael &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''WhatDoesMyHeartTellMe''': I am very much interested in GPT 01 to 40. I plan to trek in 2021-2022. This endeavor requires a tremendous amount of planning. I hope you can grant me the track files. Thanks very much!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tom Corbett''': Januray 2021, hiking and packrafting sections of GPT 26 to GPT 33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rperezdearce ''': Hi, With my girlfriend we will leave the first days of Nov 2020 from Santiago with the intention of reaching GPT12, then we will try to continue further south.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tobi &amp;amp; Fang''': Hiking and potentially packrafting in the &amp;lt;s&amp;gt;2021/2022, 2022/2023&amp;lt;/s&amp;gt; 2023/2024 season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freek van Keulen (Freek)''': Plan to hike 2021-2022 season, starting preparations and research now&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Joaquin Munoz (jqnmunozdiaz)''': Plan to hike sections GPT32-40 southbound on summer 2020-2021 if covid allows. I will likely hike some northern sections as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Quamen''': I am dreaming to hike the GPT01-16 and to hiking/packrafting GPT17-40 southbound this austral summer 2020-2021 season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Frambues''': Starting at the end of 2020 if Covid lets. Not sure yet which part to do in one season, but probably start in Santiago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ferdinand''': Hi, Ferdinand from germany, I'd like to hike southbound starting from GPT 05 from Dec 2020 - Apr 2021 and see how far I can get. The GPS files would help a lot planning everything more in detail, thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Víctor Valenzuela''': GTP 05-19: Planning on starting end of 2021 with GPT 05-19 and further on. Got one season to explore the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Isaac Garza (Try431)''': Planning to hike southbound GPT season from ~December 2020 through ~March/April 2021 (weather/COVID permitting). At the moment, planning to do GPT17P - GPT39, and track files will be very helpful in planning out in more detail :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Pipers''': Hi, I'm from Valdivia, chile, and I am planning to hike or ride in my bike the closest parts of the route,  as soon as coronavirus lockdown finishes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Patagoniandreams''': Planning to hike the standard route soundbound, starting at GPT10 until GPT23 and looping back nordbound via the Huella Andina. Due to the Corona crisis we postpone this endeavour to the 2021-2022 season. The hike will be done in family. We will have a 6 year old girl and a 3 year old boy with us. We have 4 months. We have been doing GPT sections back in 2008 - 2010 - 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Olivier1''': Planning to hike the standard route northbound, starting at GPT 40 for the 2021-2022 season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''David Brophy (d.brophy)''': Planning to hike the standard route GPT01-GPT40 over two seasons starting as soon as COVID permits. Will use a pack-raft for the second season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Peter Mican (ElCondor)''': Planning to hike the GPT in 2020/2021, starting at section 01 and hike as far south as I can, depending on the weather and situations on the track. I am planning to go solo but would be happy to join with a fellow hiker(s) ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''jojohoughton''': Planning on hiking/packrafting southbound to section 40, starting either from section 1 or section 13 depending on the conditions. Will be exploring the GPT for the summer 2020-2021 season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Leonhard''': GTP 1-16: Planning on starting end of 2021 with GPT 1-16 and further on. Got one season to explore the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Aligator''': GTP 40 to GPT32: Plannning to explore that part of the GPT in February (from 03/02) and March (flexible) with my girlfriend (we both live in Santiago). Thank you for the incredible work you've achieved gathering and updating all those information!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ConnyPflaume''': GTP 14 &amp;amp; 15 or the area between lago Conguillo and Lago Tinquilco. We will start this weekend, 11.1.20 - would be nice we could be supplied with the map so shorthanded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''felixrulz''': Will be in the Andes for around 4 months. Have already completed 3 sections, but looking to do more. Joined specifically for the Puyehue section (GPT 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Kelly Swanson''': I plan to solo trek starting at GPT06 in January 2020, continuing till mid March.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''phil ro''': i will start in coihayque in mid-january and will head south for more than 4 weeks with a packraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''johannsteffen''': Going to make a backpack trip starting in February on Ushuaya and going to Bariloche in June.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Claudio Miranda''': Starting from Santiago in January 2020 until April, planing to arrive at least to Chile Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trinity''': Travelling to SA for 2 years and plan exploring Patagonia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''pirre''': Starting in January 2020 on GPT32 and planning to hike south for 6-8 weeks. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shn0rhelez''': Hi,I am Anton from Sofia,Bulgaria...me and my girlfriend are starting from sec6 in the middle of January...we have around four months...thank you for your remarkable work!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Gatodelmonte''': Starting on 2 January from Santiago, planning to hike South for about 45 days &amp;amp; exit near Pucon (sections 1 to 15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Fedepatagon''': Like to pack raft on the area between Bariloche-Osorno and P.N Los Alerces&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vincent Paquet''': My girlfriend and I are planning to spend 3 weeks walking from december 18 2019 to Jan 10 2020. We're still selecting the exact sections. Cheers!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tmattson425''': Plan for this year is to solo trek sections 1 through 19 (southbound) starting in mid-January 2020.  I'm an American expat living in Buenos Aires and plan on returning in following seasons to complete the GPT, try packrafting, and explore alternate routes.  Extremely excited an grateful that this trek is possible.  Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''SalomeS''': Planning for a 6 month trip with my husband starting in Nov/Dec 2020. Planning to hike the sections 40 to 16. We would be incredibly grateful to receive the gps track files. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ianhikes'''* Leaving for Chile in 1 week and looking to spend a month on GPT hiking southbound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''zc0rp10''': Hi! Planning and preparing for an extended hike together with two friends from November 2020 - Feb 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ELLI''': together with a friend we plan to hike the sections of the main route but in opposite direction starting in the area around Lago viedma in first days of January 2020, we have approx. 4 month time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''gorskial''': plan to bike/packraft along the carretera austral from Puerto Montt to Villa O'Higgins with hiking side trips. Jan/feb 2020&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''pitney''': Solo hiking GPT sections 6-22 Southbound beginning early January, 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''dirtmonger''': GPT sections 1-24; planning underway for an immersion solo hike  ‘20 November to ‘21 February. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''bob451''': Planning on solo hiking 2 or 3 sections of the GPT northbound March/April 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mgabenesch''' : Planning on hiking most parts of the GPT, starting in Ushuaïa then going North. I have on year off. Starting Dec 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Family Size''': Planning on hiking parts of the GPT southbound. Starting end of November 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''shaunchurch''': Hope to solo hike/packraft a few sections southbound. Section 15 or 17 in Dec 2019. Then maybe a couple more from among sections 21-31 in Jan and Feb 2020. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''iank''':2 months jan and feb 2020. Hope to hike isla navarino, cirque of huemuls and then cochrane to chile chico. More northerly secions maybe 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''dsmit3000''': Solo hiker planning on hiking GPT40-31 northbound November-January 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''2As''': We plan to walk in Chile and Argentina from mid October 2019 to mid march 2020. We don't have precisely planned our trip but the root of our trip is to go by foot through Patagonia and also discover Chile and his people and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''A pat''': We plan to do several sections of the GPT (Need to confirm but we are interesting in sections 08-22 and 35- 40) from January to early March 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Aceestrin''': We'll be exploring for 4 weeks in Los Lagos region December-January. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Andrealopezb''': I plan on doing individual sections for the time being, mostly between Santiago-El Maule &lt;br /&gt;
*'''annbrnn''': Heya, a friend and I are planning on hiking several sections of the GPT beginning end of December 2019 and are currently in the process of determining our route.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''AlexEdge''': Hi, i am planning to hike the lower sections of this route with a couple friends, possibly febuary 2020. thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Arno507''': We plan to do several sections of the GPT starting fom November/December 2019 till early April 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Birdy ''': I plan to mostly walk from Lake Titicaca to Ushuaia starting November 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''David''': Hello!! This is David from Barcelona and I'm planning to walk through the Patagonia for 4 month from January 2020. I would love to do all de GPT, but I'm not sure if it's too ambitious... For sure, I'll try it!! :-) I would really appreciate if you can provide me the gps track files. Many thanks!!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dubrovskiy''': 2 people, January 2020, Foot hiking southern parts, likely around GPT40-33.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Edwinb''': I will be arriving in Chile in Nov and plan to cherry pick parts of the GPT and mix it with other trekking, basically like I did last year. Always interested in a bit of exploring, providing it doesn't get to extreme!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Hendrik Niehaus''': We arrive in Chile early Oktober 2019. From November until January we plan to be on the GPT. Due to the recommendations of the hikers manual we are mainly interested in section 5-16. However, plans might still change and are not too fixed yet. Thank you in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Herman van Horssen''': We plan to do section 47 to 69 of the GPT in 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''johansonst333''': Hi! I am planning the sections 30 - 40 during this hiking season, would be incredibly grateful to have the GPS files for further research and planning. Thank you in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jose Barros''' Hello !Im jose from Santiago de Chile, i will do the sections from Conquillio national park to Puyehue national park, its aprox. 15 days in January, i think it will be great ! If you can provide the track files i will be very thankfull. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jose Roman''': Hi, my plan is to several sections by bike or hiking staring September 2019 until Abril 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''JUNHUI SON''': Hi, I'm from South Korea, I plan to do section 1 to 40 of the GPT in September 2019 till November.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Kendon''': I cycled Patagonia many year ago and have always wanted to return for an extended walk through this wonderful area. I am in preliminary stages of my planning and thank you for your efforts in providing such a great resource. I am looking at the 2020 summer.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martín H.I.''': Hello, I´m planning to make an attempt to hike from sections GPT01 to GPT22 this summer from December 2019 to February 2020, still deciding on the exact sections, but southbound is my direction. I´m a chilean 25 year old architect who will humbly try to hike this unique trail. Thank you Jan for the amazing creation.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martin Lizondo''': I will be hiking southbound from Anticura (GPT20) to El Chaltén (GPT39), between December 2019 and February 2020. It's my second season in the GPT, after hiking from Santiago (GPT01) to Anticura (GPT19) in 2018-2019.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''martinahaller''': We will be arriving in Chile in Nov and plan to hike parts of the GPT during the next 6 Month, starting in Santiago.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Maturin''': Hi, I am currently figuring out the details to hike GPT06 to GPT08 from the 27th of December 2019 until mid January. I will be doing the Horseriding tour before. I speak fluent spanish and the idea is to go southbound. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Matúš Lašan''': We plan to do as much as possible from December 2019 till March 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''msantelli''': Hi, Melissa, plan to trek sections 05-22 taking a chance to start mid-late Nov. of ‘19 may need to backtrack and cut a few sections out, if rivers can’t be ford/crossed-flexible schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Meylin Ubilla and Jan Dudeck''': We plan to investigate new packrafting and hiking routes in more remote areas between Puerto Montt and El Chalten without making a single long traverse (GPT21 to GPT40, GPT90P to GPT 92P). We will depart in November 2019 and plan to finish in February 2020. Experienced packrafts may join us for these investigations.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lauric Olrik''': We plan to do several sections of the GPT starting from November 2019, we have a whole year off.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lea Geibel''': Hi, my plan is to do several sections of the GPT starting fom October/November 2019 until beginning of January 2020 and need to figure out which ones are suitable for such an early start.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Linda''': Hi, I am planning to hike alone southbound the GPT from beginning of December 2019 to mid-February 2020, probably from GPT06 to GPT22, but I am still studying the routes and the sections. I spoke quite good spanish, at least, it will come back there, practicing ! Thank you !&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Oreste Marquis''': Hello, i'm planning to hike sections 06-22 and 32-40 if time allows it. My trip will be from January to Abril 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Sanita Heinz''': We plan to do section 1 to 40 of the GPT in December 2019 till March 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Selma''': We are planning to packraft some sections of the GPT during our stay in Nov/Dez '19&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Staci Garcia''': Hello, I am planning on doing several sections of the GPT  in 2020. I am still in research on what sections.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''TrashPanda''': Hi, we plan to do several sections from the end of November 2019 till February 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''tom347''': Hola, I plan to do part of parts 1 to 40 with a friend, starting mid october. We will be hitchhiking the parts that are not recomended in particular months. We will be travelling for aproximately 2 months. Gracias.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tombartlett''': Hello I am planning on hiking many sections over a three month period from November 2019 to February 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Wanderwood18 ''': We plan to make it to El Chalten/Fitz Roy in one season from Santiago. This means I’ll probably skip recommended sections to skip/do what I need to do to make it. I’m flexible, we will see how it goes. My girlfriend, America, and I are planning on starting around Nov. 10th….&lt;br /&gt;
*'''LieberWeiter''' Hi, I do not know yet if I ever dare to walk the GPT but meanwhile I would like to plan therefore!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jarek Wątroba''' Hey, I will spend several months in Patagonia starting in Jan 2024. The information you provided in the Hiker's Guide is already immensely helpful, but the track files would make planning our route so much easier. Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Wolke7net'''   Hi, could you please send me the track without packrafting. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''DoloresMonika''''' Hi,my name is Dorota and I am from Poland. I ahve a plan to start from Santiago de Chile at 1 of December 2024. I can pass 4.5 months on the trail . Thanks for preparing this manual and description of trail.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Randomuser''''' Hi, my name is Victor and my wife and I are planning on spending 3 months in  Patagonia starting Jan 25. We are planning on picking some sections to explore and will focus on the land portions, thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''wikiexplora'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AriGPT</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>